-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, AihNJa0chYbGggDv7vrsCJJ7CMmwoJ/q+WrtETRdzuqorqqpfaEtIfrZ8H4T2+Qc zcwMBlpH07TODH3AdfXSiA== 0001193125-04-103424.txt : 20040615 0001193125-04-103424.hdr.sgml : 20040615 20040615164631 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001193125-04-103424 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 10 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20040331 FILED AS OF DATE: 20040615 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: PHARSIGHT CORP CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001040853 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: SERVICES-PREPACKAGED SOFTWARE [7372] IRS NUMBER: 770401273 STATE OF INCORPORATION: CA FISCAL YEAR END: 0331 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-31253 FILM NUMBER: 04864556 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 800 WEST EL CAMINO REAL STREET 2: STE 200 CITY: PALO ALTO STATE: CA ZIP: 94040 BUSINESS PHONE: 6503143800 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 800 WEST EL CAMINO REAL STREET 2: STE 200 CITY: MOUNTAIN VIEW STATE: CA ZIP: 94040 10-K 1 d10k.htm FORM 10-K Form 10-K
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K

x Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2004

or

¨ Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the Transition Period from              to             

Commission File Number: 000-31253


PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware   77-0401273

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

800 West El Camino Real

Mountain View, CA 94040

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

(650) 314-3800

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class


 

Name of each exchange on which registered


None

  None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, $0.001 par value

(Title of Class)


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of September 30, 2003 was approximately $1,245,697, based on 5,416,076 shares of Common Stock, which excludes shares held by officers and directors and by each person known by the registrant to own 5% or more of the outstanding Common Stock. Exclusion of shares held by any of these persons should not be construed to indicate that such person possesses the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the registrant, or that such person is controlled by or under common control with the registrant.

The number of shares of Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of May 28, 2004: 19,058,453


DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The Registrant has incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K portions of its Proxy Statement for Registrant’s 2004 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K.

 



Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

     PART I     

Item 1.

  

Business

   3

Item 2.

  

Properties

   10

Item 3.

  

Legal Proceedings

   11

Item 4.

  

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

   11
    

Additional Item—Executive Officers of the Registrant

   11
     PART II     

Item 5.

  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Repurchases of Equity Securities

   13

Item 6.

  

Selected Financial Data

   14

Item 7.

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   15

Item 7A.

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risks

   37

Item 8.

  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   37

Item 9.

  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   68

Item 9A.

  

Controls and Procedures

   68
     PART III     

Item 10.

  

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

   69

Item 11.

  

Executive Compensation

   69

Item 12.

  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

   69

Item 13.

  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

   69

Item 14.

  

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

   69
     PART IV     

Item 15.

  

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K

   70

Signatures

   72

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which are subject to the “safe harbor” created by those sections. These forward-looking statements are generally identified by words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “assume,” “potential,” “continue,” “intend,” “hope,” “can,” or the negative of such terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including without limitation the business risks discussed under the caption “Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors That May Affect Future Results and Market Price of Stock” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that could cause our, or our industry’s, actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, levels of activities, performance or achievements expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements. These business risks should be considered in evaluating our prospects and future financial performance. Although we believe that expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Our expectations are as of the date we file this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and we do not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date we file this Annual Report on Form 10-K to conform these statements to actual results, unless required by law.

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

General

 

Pharsight Corporation develops and markets software and provides strategic services that help pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies improve their efficiency and decision making, while reducing the costs and time requirements of their drug discovery, development, and commercialization efforts. Our products include proprietary software for clinical trial simulation and computer-aided trial design, for the statistical analysis and mathematical modeling of data, and for the storage, management, and regulatory reporting of derived data and models in a data repository. Both our software products and our services leverage expertise in the sciences of pharmacology, drug and disease modeling, human genetics, biostatistics and strategic decision-making. Our service offerings use this expertise to interpret and improve the design of scientific experiments and clinical trials, and to optimize clinical trial design and portfolio decisions. By integrating scientific, clinical, and business decision criteria into a dynamic model-based methodology, we help our customers to optimize the value of their drug development programs and portfolios from discovery to post-launch marketing and any point in between. We use computer-based drug-disease models, dynamic predictive market models, clinical trial simulation and advanced valuation models to create a continuously evolving view of our customers’ development efforts and product portfolios.

 

We believe that our products and services help pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies reduce the time, cost and risk of drug development activities, and may improve the marketing and use of pharmaceutical products. Our products and services are designed to help our customers use a more rigorous scientific and statistical process to identify earlier those drug candidates that will not be successful, to enhance the likelihood that the remaining candidates will successfully complete clinical trials and to maximize marketing impact upon approval. This is significant because the process of taking a drug through clinical development has remained lengthy and unpredictable while the productivity of discovery research has accelerated dramatically in recent years.

 

Eighteen of the world’s largest 20 pharmaceutical companies utilize our strategic services, the world’s largest 20 pharmaceutical companies apply our computer-assisted drug development products, and our software applications are currently licensed for use on more than 2,900 researcher desktops.

 

3


Table of Contents

We believe our products and services provide the following benefits to customers:

 

  Reduced time required for understanding clinical trial data and for producing analyses and regulatory reporting required for drug approval;

 

  More effective trial designs with higher probability of success and greater information yield;

 

  More rapid and objective decision-making with quantified assessment of value versus risk;

 

  Improved workflow and organizational efficiency with faster regulatory acceptance of trial results;

 

  More efficient development programs requiring fewer clinical trials and patients, less time and lower cost to reach market; and

 

  Strengthened competitive position due to improved product labels.

 

The following illustrates several typical customer applications of our software products and services:

 

  In designing phase II clinical trials, companies often face significant uncertainty in selecting the appropriate doses to test. Our products and services integrate information from phase I and pre-clinical activities, information concerning related drugs that have been developed by the customer, information in the scientific literature about other drugs in the same therapeutic area, and knowledge of the relevant physiological and disease processes. This information, along with carefully identified assumptions, is used to develop a mathematical model enabling a computer simulation of the proposed trial. Using this approach, customers are often able to identify proposed doses that have little chance of success and should be excluded, or to identify additional doses that are more likely to yield important information.

 

  In designing phase III clinical trials, companies often face significant uncertainty concerning the most appropriate treatment strategy, patient inclusion/exclusion criteria and/or clinical measurements. Our products and services for phase III clinical trials use an information gathering and modeling approach similar to that described for the phase II clinical trials above, but incorporate phase II data and detailed mathematical models of the relevant patient populations. We are often able to identify patient groups with low chance of demonstrating efficacy, or an unacceptable chance of demonstrating side effects, prior to conducting the actual trial. In addition, we may be able to predict which clinical measurements will be most likely to provide conclusive results in the proposed trial.

 

  In making drug portfolio decisions, companies need to integrate scientific and clinical results, such as those described above, with market and financial information for all of the drug candidates in the development pipeline. We believe that our products and services help companies make better decisions concerning “go/no-go” criteria, prioritization of potential label objectives to be pursued and optimal sequencing of clinical trials within a development program. Our products and services can also help customers adopt a more quantitative and scientific approach to resource allocation among programs within their drug portfolios.

 

  The production of industry standard pharmacokinetic (“PK”) reports required by the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) for a new drug submission are often characterized by lengthy cycle times, increasing both expense and required resources along with potential variability and quality issues regarding the display of results within a clinical development organization. Much of an individual scientist’s time in a typical client organization may be involved with tasks such as data preparation needed for analysis, display of PK analysis via report creation, and the quality control measures needed to ensure correct information is presented to the FDA. These tasks may leave little time to focus on the quality and impact of the scientific decisions that drive compound development. The lack of industry standards and an integrated software platform to drive the adoption and automation of standards can often lead to lengthy report cycles and delays in regulatory submissions.

 

      

By deploying our Pharsight® Knowledgebase Server (PKS) suite of applications and services (PKS, WinNonLin®, PKS Reporter, and PK Automation), we believe our clients have been successful in delivering sustainable productivity improvements to their regulatory submission process. Our PKS data

 

4


Table of Contents
 

repository affords integration to legacy laboratory and clinical data sources, reducing the time needed for data preparation prior to analysis by our clients’ scientific resources. The PKS suite seamlessly integrates PKS with WinNonLin, PKS Reporter, and third-party applications and provides the opportunity to automate a majority of the standard PK reports required by the FDA.

 

     We believe many of our clients have experienced significant productivity improvements in creation of standard PK reports, including significant reductions in report cycle time, along with improvements in quality and consistency of analysis and display of analytical results. As a result of these increases in productivity, we believe our clients are able to reallocate resources to other aspects of the drug development process.

 

The use of our software and leading edge methodology developed by our strategic consulting group greatly enhances the traditional drug-development process, which is heavily dependent upon clinical trials and patient testing. Although our methodology does not displace the use of human trials in drug development, we believe our analysis software and our methodology renders human trials more efficient and relevant. The continued growth of our customer base, the increase in number of contracts with our customers, and the increase in our average contract values over time have shown a trend which we believe demonstrates increased acceptance of our methodology and an increased demand for its use. This demand can be met by increased deployment of our software and services, by proprietary solutions developed by our clients, or by increased internal resources within our customers. We believe that these trends, in addition to increasing regulatory requirements from the FDA, demonstrate a potential for increased revenue growth resulting from increased demand for our current products and services, as well as long-term opportunities to expand the breadth and coverage of both our consulting services and software product offerings.

 

We were incorporated in California in April 1995, and we reincorporated in Delaware in June 2000. In August 2000, we completed our initial public offering and our common stock began trading on the Nasdaq National Market. In November 2002, our common stock ceased to trade on the Nasdaq National Market and is currently traded on the Over-The-Counter Bulletin Board system. Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports are available free of charge through our website at http://www.pharsight.com as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the Securities and Exchange Commission or SEC. Copies of our annual report will be made available, free of charge, upon written request.

 

Pharsight Products and Services

 

Our products and services provide an iterative method for enhancing the design of a clinical trial or development program, based on a series of steps. Each step utilizes available data to produce and validate a mathematical model that is in turn used to select a better strategy for moving to the next stage of clinical development, while improving productivity and efficiency in the drug development process.

 

We provide both strategic consulting services and computer-based drug model development and database applications. In fiscal 1997, we first offered our WinNonLin, WinNonMix® and Trial Simulator applications and scientific services. At the end of fiscal 2001, we combined our scientific, decision support, methodology and training groups into an integrated group renamed Strategic Services. In fiscal 2002, we began selling our Pharsight® Knowledgebase Server (PKS), providing a means of capturing and managing both summary and detailed pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic (PK/PD) data across a large set of compounds and development phases. In fiscal 2004, we introduced and began selling our Drug Model Explorer (DMX), a software-based communication technology.

 

In fiscal years 2004, 2003 and 2002, revenues from our software product offerings generated 46%, 44% and 35% of our total revenues, respectively, and revenues from our services generated 54%, 56% and 65% of our total revenues, respectively. In fiscal years 2004, 2003 and 2002, revenues from our software product offerings were $8.1 million, $6.1 million and $5.0 million, respectively, and revenues from our services were $9.6 million, $7.8 million, and 9.3 million, respectively.

 

5


Table of Contents

Strategic Services

 

Our strategic services consist of consulting, training and process redesign conducted by our clinical and decision scientists in the application and implementation of our core decision methodology. The methodology employed by our services group uses three types of models that work in concert:

 

1. Drug-Disease Models

Our drug-disease models predictively characterize the distribution of treatment outcomes (safety, efficacy, surrogate outcomes) for a new chemical entity, or NCE, and related compounds as a function of dosing strategy, disease and patient and trial characteristics.

 

2. Trial Models

Our trial models predict probability distributions of outcomes and reductions in uncertainty around them as a function of dosing strategy, number of treatment arms, type of control, sample population characteristics, sample size and treatment duration.

 

3. Market Models

Our market models characterize the demand for products (market size and share) under different feature sets and different competitive and innovation scenarios, and their evolution over time.

 

By using these models in an integrated fashion, our consultants are able to place key development decisions into quantitative terms of uncertainty and value. Drug development is a process by which uncertainty about a drug’s efficacy and safety is progressively reduced. Our methodology enables customers to identify which uncertainties are greatest and matter most, and then to design development programs, trial sequences, and individual trials in such a way that those trials systematically reduce the identified uncertainties, in the most rapid and cost-effective manner possible.

 

This methodology is most valuable when applied very early in the life of a potential drug, but we have beneficially applied it at all stages of development. The integration of our models at the asset strategy phase (overall positioning of a new drug) and program/trial strategy phase (focusing on a specific indicator) enables us to help our customers position their drugs as competitively as possible in the market, to do so while conducting all necessary and no unnecessary trials (and only as large, lengthy and costly as is required), and to redeploy resources away from unpromising compounds at the earliest possible decision point.

 

The following chart depicts typical issues that we are asked to address in strategic consulting projects:

 

Phase I


  

Phase II/Phase III


  

Phase IV


  Bridge preclinical results to clinical process.       Balance efficacy with side effects.       Explore new indications and label changes.

  Explore dose ranging and population variability.       Explore trial sensitivity to patient compliance and dropout.       Plan life-cycle strategy, e.g. generic defense and “over-the-counter” switch.

  Determine surrogate endpoint relevance, i.e. alternate indicators of efficacy.       Investigate impact of population genetic variability.       Evaluate special patient populations.

  Support early “go/no-go” decisions.       Evaluate alternate protocols.          

  Assess strategic fit in franchise.                    

 

As of April 30, 2004, our strategic services group included 27 full-time personnel. Our personnel are located throughout the United States and Europe, as well as in Japan and Australia. Most have Ph.D. degrees with post-doctoral training in clinical pharmacology, biostatistics, pharmacokinetics, mathematics, engineering, decision

 

6


Table of Contents

analysis or other relevant disciplines. Our senior consultants have more than a decade of experience in drug- disease modeling, trial design or strategic consulting. We also utilize a network of consultants with expertise in various specialized disciplines and therapeutic areas.

 

We believe that our continued growth is dependent upon continually refining our strategic consulting methodologies and introducing new technologies, while also expanding our activities at the portfolio level and into new therapeutic areas.

 

Software Products and Services

 

Our software products and software deployment and integration services provide the analytical tools and conceptual framework to help clinical researchers optimize the decision-making required to perform clinical testing needed to bring drugs to market. By applying mathematical modeling and simulation to all available information regarding the compound being tested, researchers can clarify and quantify which trial and treatment design factors will influence the success of clinical trials.

 

WinNonLin and WinNonMix. These software applications are used to efficiently analyze clinical and preclinical data, allowing the creation of PK/PD models and validating the assumptions and information on which the models are based. The analysis and modeling foster better understanding of the data and better decision making with respect to dosage and dosing regimens. Such analysis is both cost-effective and required by FDA regulations for new drug submissions.

 

Pharsight Knowledgebase Server (PKS). PKS provides a means of capturing and managing both summary and detailed pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic (PK/PD) data across a large set of compounds and development phases. PKS also provides a unified data environment for supporting clinical pharmacology modeling, analysis and reporting activities. PKS is directly integrated with WinNonLin Enterprise and other industry standard modeling and analysis tools. PKS was developed to help enable compliance with the FDA regulation 21 CFR 11, which requires electronic data security and auditing on submissions to the FDA. We believe that industry acceptance of PKS has been positively impacted by the client need for efficiency gains, as well as compliance with increased regulatory requirements. When linked to PKS, PKS Reporter 1.0, provides regulatory-compliant authoring of Microsoft® Word documents containing analysis results, source data, tables, and plots produced by WinNonLin, or other tools, while being securely managed within the PKS Suite.

 

Trial Simulator. Trial Simulator uses known information about a drug, or candidate drug, and about patient populations to help design and optimize clinical trial protocols. Poor protocol design may result in ambiguous trial results that fail to identify ineffective candidates early, increase expense and time in identifying successful candidates and expose trial patients to unnecessary risk. Poor protocol dosing decisions may cause the rejection of a candidate drug that might otherwise be approved at an appropriate dose. Computer-aided trial design, using Trial Simulator, cannot guarantee successful trials, but can help to improve the efficiency, required time, and likelihood of definitive and successful results.

 

Drug Model Explorer (DMX). DMX was introduced in fiscal 2004. The Drug Model Explorer (DMX) is a software-based communication technology, designed to facilitate quantitative decision-making in drug development by allowing project teams to explore key drug attributes, and the uncertainty around those attributes, given the current state of knowledge about a development program. DMX generates views of program data from queries of underlying drug-disease model outputs and simulated responses over a defined problem-space (e.g., treatments, endpoints, covariates, competitors).

 

We believe that our continued growth is highly dependent upon continuing to deliver new products to our current and prospective customers. These new products need to address an ever-expanding set of customer needs related to clinical development of drugs and thereby expand the number of prospective users within pharmaceutical companies to whom we may sell.

 

7


Table of Contents

As of April 30, 2004, our software products support and deployment group included 11 full-time technical consulting, support, and deployment personnel, located throughout the United States and Europe.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

Sales of our strategic consulting services and our software products are primarily generated in the United States and Europe through a direct field sales organization as well as an inside sales organization. Sales of our strategic consulting services can range from discrete single projects, where modeling and simulation can be particularly valuable, to expansions of ongoing relationships at our larger clients, which are more strategic in nature. Our desktop software applications are primarily sold through an inside sales organization. Our typical PKS software customer’s purchase decision can involve many groups, potentially including clinical pharmacology, ADME (Absorption, Distribution, Metabolism and Excretion), toxicology, regulatory and early clinical as well as information technology (IT). It also involves a significant validation process. PKS therefore requires a longer selling cycle than our previous software products, and demands a team of sales, marketing and support professionals in the sales process.

 

As of April 30, 2004, our sales and marketing function consisted of 12 personnel.

 

Research and Development

 

We employ engineers with expertise in software development, web-based applications, database systems, network architecture, and mathematical modeling, and scientists with expertise in clinical development, decision analysis, statistical modeling, and clinical pharmacology and development. Our research and development personnel work closely with our strategic consulting personnel and our client base in designing and testing products to meet customer requirements.

 

Our research and development efforts are focused on improving and enhancing our existing products and services, as well as developing new products and services. Our research and development efforts take place principally at our offices in Mountain View, California, and Cary, North Carolina.

 

In November 2002, we refocused our research and development activities to concentrate on our analysis tools and data repository products and the development of our next generation platform, while reducing non-core development headcount accordingly. In fiscal 2004, we invested in development to expand our ability to achieve potential breakthrough improvements in drug development productivity for our customers. The primary focus of this investment has been in software that enables customers to adopt and implement our model-based drug development methodology. The introduction of Drug Model Explorer (DMX) in fiscal 2004 represents a significant accomplishment in this area, enabling a much larger number of other participants in the drug development process to utilize those models in a systematic, integrated fashion to collaborate and make better decisions.

 

Our research and development expenses were $2.9 million, $3.9 million, and $6.6 million, in fiscal 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. As of April 30, 2004, our research and development function consisted of 13 full-time personnel. See “Factors That May Affect Future Results and Market Price of Stock – We may lose existing customers or be unable to attract new customers if we do not develop new products and services or if our offerings do not keep pace with technological changes.”

 

Customers

 

Our strategic consulting customers range in size from the largest pharmaceutical companies to small biopharmaceutical companies, and the focus of our work differs depending upon the size and maturity of the customer. In our smaller and medium-sized customers, we tend to engage in discrete projects often with challenging analytic and design problems, where modeling and simulation can be particularly valuable. This kind of work may or may not lead to subsequent engagements. By contrast, at our largest customers, we tend to have ongoing relationships which are more strategic in nature, and we focus on helping improve the process by which

 

8


Table of Contents

they develop drugs, broadening and deepening the application of modeling and simulation over time, with the intent of achieving systematic, lasting performance improvement.

 

Our software customers range in size from the largest pharmaceutical companies to small and mid-size pharmaceutical and biotechnology organizations.

 

During our fiscal year ended March 31, 2004, we provided products and services for which we recognized revenue to more than 900 customers. In fiscal 2004, Pfizer Inc., our largest customer, accounted for 16% of our total revenue, and Eli Lilly accounted for 11% of our total revenue. Consequently, we are dependent on Pfizer Inc. and Eli Lilly for a substantial portion of our revenues, and if we were to lose Pfizer Inc. or Eli Lilly as a customer, it would have a material adverse effect on our revenues and business. See “Factors That May Affect Future Results and Market Price of Stock – Our revenue is concentrated in a few customers, and if we lose any of these customers our revenue may decrease substantially.”

 

We operate in only one business segment comprised of products and services to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to improve the drug development process. Our revenues from external customers, profit and loss and total assets, are set forth in our financial statements, which appear in “Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” Information regarding sales to customers by major geographic regions is set forth in Note 12 to our financial statements, which appears in “Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” No foreign country accounted for 10% or more of our total revenues in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002. All of our significant long-lived assets are located within the United States.

 

Intellectual Property Rights

 

Technology In-Licensing

 

Although our products are based on our research and development, we license software from third parties when it is more efficient to incorporate pre-existing programs or routines, when there are novel technologies available by license that would improve our products, or when brand-recognition of established products provides a marketing advantage. We incorporate such third-party software that we have rights to use under the terms of license agreements that require us to pay royalties to the licensor based upon either a percentage of the sales of products containing the licensed software or a fixed fee for each product shipped. Although all of the software we license for use in our products is replaceable with software from other vendors or our own development efforts, the loss of a license could delay the sales of certain of our products.

 

Intellectual Property

 

Our success is dependent in part upon our ability to develop and protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights. We rely primarily on a combination of contractual provisions, confidentiality procedures, trade secrets, and patent, copyright and trademark laws to accomplish these goals.

 

We license our software products pursuant to non-exclusive license agreements, which impose restrictions on customers’ ability to utilize the software. In addition, we seek to avoid disclosure of our trade secrets by restricting access to our source code, and requiring employees, customers and others with access to our proprietary information to execute confidentiality agreements with us. We also seek to protect our software, documentation and other written materials under trade secret and copyright laws.

 

We have two U.S. patents, which will expire no earlier than April 25, 2020 and May 31, 2021, and seven U.S. patent applications pending. It is possible that the patents that we have applied for, if issued, or our potential future patents may be successfully challenged or that no patent will be issued from our patent applications. It is also possible that we may not develop proprietary products or technologies that are patentable, that any patent issued to us may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or that the patents of others will seriously harm our ability to do business.

 

9


Table of Contents

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, existing laws afford only limited protection. Attempts may be made to copy or reverse engineer aspects of our product or to obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will be able to protect our proprietary rights against unauthorized third party copying or use. Use by others of our proprietary rights could materially harm our business. Furthermore, policing the unauthorized use of our product is difficult and expensive litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights. See “Factors That May Affect Future Results and Market Price of Stock—Our business depends on our intellectual property rights, and if we are unable to adequately protect them, our competitive position will suffer,” “ – If we become subject to infringement claims by third parties, we could incur unanticipated expense and be prevented from providing our products and services.”

 

Government Regulation

 

The pharmaceutical industry is regulated by a number of federal, state, local and international governmental entities. Although the United States Food and Drug Administration or comparable international agencies do not directly regulate our products and services, the use of certain of our analytical software products by our customers may be regulated. We currently provide assistance to our customers in achieving compliance with these regulations.

 

Competition

 

Strategic Services. We compete based on a number of factors, including cost, quality and effectiveness of our services and degree of complexity of the consulting offering. Other entities provide modeling services, some of which are similar to those provided by our strategic services group. In addition, our customers are primarily large pharmaceutical companies that have substantial research and development budgets, and these customers may internally develop the expertise that we provide. Although we believe we do not have direct competitors for our comprehensive set of services offerings, as well as modeling and simulation services integrated with the DMX product, other entities may compete with us in selected offerings.

 

Software Products and Services. We compete based on a number of factors, including the functionality, reliability and ease of implementation and use of our software products. Our WinNonLin, WinNonMix and PKS products compete with products produced by InnaPhase Corporation and the Globomax division of ICON plc. Although we believe we currently do not have direct competitors for our Trial Simulator product line or our DMX product, other companies may compete with us in the future. Potential competitors may have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources, larger customer bases, longer operating histories, greater name recognition and more established relationships in the pharmaceutical industry than we have. In addition, competitors may merge or form strategic alliances and be able to offer, or bring to market earlier, services that are superior to our own.

 

Employees

 

As of April 30, 2004, we had a total of 78 employees — 27 in strategic services; 11 in technical consulting, support and deployment; 12 in sales and marketing; 13 in research and development; and 15 in executive and general and administrative functions. None of our employees is represented by a collective bargaining agreement, nor have we experienced any work stoppage. See “Factors That May Affect Future Results and Market Price of Stock – Our future success depends on our ability to continue to retain and attract qualified employees,” “ – If we lose key members of our management, scientific or development staff, or our scientific advisors, our reputation may be harmed and we may lose business.”

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

 

Pharsight’s principal administrative, sales, marketing and product development facilities are located in Mountain View, California, where we lease approximately 10,000 square feet of space under a lease that expires

 

10


Table of Contents

in September 2005. Pharsight also leases approximately 9,000 square feet in Cary, North Carolina for a sales, development and training facility, under a lease that expires in 2006. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs and that additional space will be available as needed.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

From time to time, Pharsight may become involved in claims, legal proceedings, or state or federal government agency proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of its business. We are not currently a party to any material litigation and are currently not aware of any pending or threatened litigation that could have any material adverse effect upon our business, operating results or financial condition.

 

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

No matters were submitted to a vote of Pharsight’s stockholders during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2004.

 

ADDITIONAL ITEM—EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

The following table provides information concerning our executive officers and key employees as of April 30, 2004:

 

Name


   Age

  

Position


Shawn M. O’Connor

   44    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Cynthia Stephens

   38    Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary

Mark R. Robillard

   47    Senior Vice President, Software Products

Mona Cross Sowiski

   54    Senior Vice President, Drug Development Consulting Services

E. Gregory Lee

   55    Vice President, Engineering

Nancy Risch

   55    Vice President, Global Sales

 

Set forth below is biographical information for each of our executive officers and key employees.

 

Shawn M. O’Connor, Pharsight’s President, Chief Executive Officer and Director since February 2003, joined Pharsight in September 2002 as its Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. O’Connor has more than 20 years of experience in high technology executive management. Prior to joining Pharsight, Mr. O’Connor was the President and Chief Operating Officer of QRS Corporation, a leading provider of business-to-business e-commerce services to the retail industry, from 1995 to 2001. Prior to QRS, he served as Chief Financial Officer of Diasonics Ultrasound, Inc., a publicly held worldwide medical equipment manufacturer, from 1987 to 1994. Mr. O’Connor began his career with the accounting firm Peat Marwick, where he served as a CPA in both San Francisco and London. Mr. O’Connor holds a B.S. from the University of California, Berkeley, in Finance & Business Administration and is a graduate of the Executive Education Program at the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

 

Cynthia Stephens, Pharsight’s Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary joined Pharsight in October 2003 as the company’s interim Chief Financial Officer. In February 2004, she was appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. In March 2004, Ms. Stephens was appointed Corporate Secretary. Ms. Stephens has over 16 years of financial management experience in high technology. Prior to joining Pharsight, Ms. Stephens served as Vice President, Finance of Rainmaker Systems, a publicly held provider of outsourced marketing services, from May 2002 to June 2003. From March 2001 to April 2002, Ms. Stephens held various management positions, including Vice President, Finance, at Calico Commerce, Inc., a publicly held provider of supply-chain e-commerce software. From February 2000 to March 2001, Ms. Stephens served as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Quiver, Inc., an Internet search technology provider. From August 1997 to January 2000, Ms. Stephens was employed in several senior management

 

11


Table of Contents

positions at Infoseek Corporation, a leading publicly-held Internet portal, including as Chief Financial Officer. Previously, Ms. Stephens served in various financial management positions with Fractal Design, Covalent Corporation, Western Wireless Corporation, AST Research and Emulex Corporation. Ms. Stephens earned a B.A. with honors in Economics from California State University, Long Beach.

 

Mark R. Robillard joined Pharsight as Vice President, Global Sales in October 2001 and was named Senior Vice President, Software Products in July 2002. From March 2001 to October 2001, Mr. Robillard was Vice President Business Development for EMAX Solutions, a SciQuest, Inc. company. From September 1999 to March 2001, he held several positions, including Senior Vice President, Sales and Business Development, at EMAX Solutions, a company that provides chemical and compound management and tracking systems for research and development organizations. Prior to joining EMAX, Mr. Robillard spent 20 years at VWR Scientific Products, a $1.4 billion leading distributor of laboratory equipment, chemicals, and supplies to the life sciences market, holding positions such as Vice President, Electronic Commerce and area Vice President and District Manager.

 

Mona Cross Sowiski joined Pharsight as Senior Vice President, Drug Development Consulting in July 2002. Ms. Sowiski has more than 20 years executive and management consulting experience in the health care industry. Ms. Sowiski was an independent health care and pharmaceutical industry consultant from January 2001 to July 2002. From January 2001 to November 2001, Ms. Sowiski was a founding board member and served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Institute for Inclusive Work Environments, a non-profit research institute focusing on workplace diversity and inclusive work policy research. From March 2000 to November 2000, Ms. Sowiski was co-leader of the global health care consulting practice for marchFirst, a publicly held consulting and ecommerce software solutions provider. From September 1999 to March 2000, she led the healthcare practice for USWEB/CKS, a public Internet solutions company that merged with Whitman-Hart to form marchFirst. From March 1999 to September 1999, she co-led the global healthcare and life sciences practice for Mitchell Madison consulting, a privately-held company which was acquired by USWEB/CKS. From October 1997 to March 1999, she was a partner and Managing Director of the Western Division of the United States for CSC/APM Healthcare, a publicly held consulting, IT solutions and outsourcing company. From February 1992 to October 1997, she was a consultant and partner at APM, a privately held company providing strategy and performance improvement consulting to the healthcare industry. Prior to joining APM, Ms. Sowiski held senior executive positions in leading academic medical institutions, including Stanford University Medical Center and the University of Pittsburgh Health Sciences Center. Ms. Sowiski has a Bachelor of Arts from San Francisco State University and a Masters of Public Health from the Graduate School of Public Health, University of Pittsburgh.

 

E. Gregory Lee, Ph.D., a Pharsight founder and its Vice President, Engineering, joined Pharsight in 1995. Dr. Lee has extensive experience in the commercial development of mathematically and statistically oriented software programs. Prior to joining Pharsight, Dr. Lee was Director of Engineering at Sunrise Test Systems, a leading developer of electronic design automation software. From 1984 until 1993, Dr. Lee held technical and management positions at Weitek Corporation, a provider of specialized semiconductor technology. Previously, Dr. Lee held technical positions at Applicon (Schlumberger) and Floating Point Systems. Dr. Lee received his Ph.D. in mathematics from MIT and his undergraduate degree from Reed College.

 

Nancy Risch, Pharsight’s Vice President, Global Sales joined Pharsight in June 1996. Ms. Risch has more than 20 years of experience in the pharmaceutical and healthcare industry. Prior to joining Pharsight, Ms. Risch was the Eastern Regional Director for BBN Corporation, a provider of clinical data management solutions for the pharmaceutical industry. Previously, as one of the initial team-members of Interleaf, a publicly-held provider of high-end publishing and document management solutions, Ms. Risch served as Director of Worldwide Industry Sales and continued there for more than 15 years, consistently over-achieving the sales goals. Prior to joining Interleaf, Ms. Risch held management positions in the Information Systems organization at General Electric Aircraft Engines. Ms. Risch also held various positions in software and statistical analysis at Wang and Union Carbide. She majored in mathematics at West Virginia University.

 

12


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Our common stock is currently listed on the Over-The-Counter Bulletin Board system under the symbol “PHST.OB.” Our common stock first traded publicly on August 9, 2000, concurrent with the underwritten initial public offering of shares of our common stock, on the Nasdaq National Market and continued to be traded there until November 8, 2002. Prior to August 9, 2000, there was no established public trading market for our common stock.

 

As of May 28, 2004, there were 19,058,453 shares of common stock outstanding that were held by approximately 120 stockholders of record. Because many of our shares of common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record holders.

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying such cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings, if any, for use in the development and expansion of our business and for general corporate purposes. Any determination to pay dividends on our common stock in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operation, financial condition and other factors as our board of directors, in its discretion, deems relevant. In addition, under the terms of some of our debt agreements, we are prohibited from paying dividends without the consent of the lender.

 

Set forth below are the high and low bid prices per share of our common stock for each quarterly period in our fiscal years ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, as reported on the Nasdaq National Market until November 8, 2002, and thereafter on the Over-The-Counter Bulletin Board system.

 

     High

   Low

Fiscal 2004

             

Fourth Quarter (1/1/04-3/31/04)

   $ 2.50    $ 0.58

Third Quarter (10/1/03-12/31/03)

     0.95      0.22

Second Quarter (7/1/03-9/30/03)

     0.43      0.14

First Quarter (4/1/03-6/30/03)

     0.37      0.06

Fiscal 2003

             

Fourth Quarter (1/1/03-3/31/03)

     0.30      0.07

Third Quarter (10/1/02-12/31/02)

     0.79      0.12

Second Quarter (7/1/02-9/30/02)

     1.15      0.50

First Quarter (4/1/02-6/30/02)

     2.05      0.80

 

The over-the-counter quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, markdown or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

 

13


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

You should read the following historical selected financial data in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We have derived our balance sheet data as of March 31, 2004 and 2003 and statements of operations data for each of the years ended March 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We have derived our balance sheet data as of March 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 and statements of operations data for the years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000 from our audited financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.

 

     Years Ended March 31,

 
     2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Statements of Operations Data

                                        

Revenues

   $ 17,730     $ 13,968     $ 14,249     $ 11,948     $ 8,859  

Total operating expenses

     19,466       25,139       33,413       33,557       19,031  

Loss from operations

     (1,736 )     (11,171 )     (19,164 )     (21,609 )     (10,172 )

Net loss

     (1,997 )     (11,542 )     (18,952 )     (20,571 )     (9,987 )

Accretion on convertible preferred stock

     —         —         —         (443 )     (1,241 )

Preferred stock dividend

     (654 )     (375 )     —         —         —    

Deemed dividend to preferred stockholders

     (339 )     (246 )     —         —         —    

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (2,990 )   $ (12,163 )   $ (18,952 )   $ (21,014 )   $ (11,228 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

                                        

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.16 )   $ (0.65 )   $ (1.03 )   $ (1.62 )   $ (3.48 )

Shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

                                        

Basic and diluted

     19,051       18,800       18,419       12,974       3,225  
     March 31,

 
     2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 
     (In thousands)  

Balance Sheet Data

                                        

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 10,027     $ 10,875     $ 13,492     $ 21,223     $ 16,482  

Total assets

     15,294       15,574       19,954       28,929       21,320  

Long-term obligations, net of current portion

     1,610       2,024       3,194       962       708  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     6,164       5,608       —         —         18,582  

Deferred stock compensation

     —         (352 )     (1,813 )     (5,197 )     (3,459 )

Accumulated deficit

     (79,718 )     (77,721 )     (66,179 )     (47,227 )     (29,761 )

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ (4,915 )   $ (2,127 )   $ 6,684     $ 22,229     $ (4,525 )

 

14


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The financial and business analysis below provides information that Pharsight believes is relevant to an assessment and understanding of Pharsight’s financial position and results of operations for the years ended March 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002. This financial and business analysis should be read in conjunction with “Item 6—Selected Financial Data” and our Financial Statements and related notes thereto set forth under “Item 8—Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

The following discussion and certain other statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which are subject to the “safe harbor” created by those sections. These forward-looking statements are generally identified by words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “assume,” “potential,” “continue,” “intend,” “hope,” “can,” or the negative of such terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including without limitation the business risks discussed under the caption “Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors That May Affect Future Results and Market Price of Stock” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that could cause our or our industry’s actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from any future results, levels of activities, performance or achievements expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements. These business risks should be considered in evaluating our prospects and future financial performance. Although we believe that expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Our expectations are as of the date we file this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and we do not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date we file this Annual Report on Form 10-K to conform these statements to actual results, unless required by law.

 

Overview

 

Pharsight Corporation develops and markets software and services that help pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies improve their productivity and decision-making in drug development and commercialization. Our solution combines proprietary computer-based simulation, statistical and data analysis tools and data repositories with the sciences of pharmacology, drug and disease modeling, human genetics, biostatistics and strategic decision-making. Our offerings consist of a portfolio of scientific and decision consulting services, software products and related services. By integrating scientific, clinical and business decision criteria into a dynamic, model-based methodology, we help our customers optimize the value of their drug development programs and portfolios from discovery to post-launch marketing and any point in between. We use computer-based drug-disease models, dynamic predictive market models, clinical trial simulation and advanced valuation models to create a continuously evolving view of our customers’ development efforts and product portfolios.

 

The use of our software and methodology is on the leading edge of the traditional drug-development process, which is heavily dependent upon clinical trials and patient testing. Although our methodology does not displace the use of human trials in drug development, we believe our analysis software and our methodology renders human trials more efficient and relevant. The continued growth of our customer base, the increase in the number of contracts with our customers, and the increase in our average contract values over time have shown a trend which we believe demonstrates increased acceptance of our methodology and an increased demand for its use. We believe that this trend demonstrates a potential for long-term increased revenue growth, as well as long-term opportunities to expand the breadth and coverage of both our consulting services and software product offerings.

 

15


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights for Fiscal 2004

 

  Our revenues for fiscal 2004 were $17.7 million, a 27% increase over 2003, primarily due to expanding relationships with existing strategic consulting clients and increased numbers of clients, increased sales of our PKS and WinNonLin software products, and increased software deployment services revenues.

 

  Our net loss attributable to common stockholders in fiscal 2004 decreased to $3.0 million, a 75% decrease from fiscal 2003, primarily due to increasing revenues while decreasing our operating expenses from 180% of revenues in fiscal 2003 to 110% of revenues in fiscal 2004, as well as realizing the efficiencies implemented as part of our restructuring activities in fiscal 2003.

 

  Cash provided by operations in fiscal 2004 was $1 million. During the year, our cash balances decreased by $848,000. Significant non-operating uses of cash in fiscal 2004 included $1.2 million of payments on capital leases and notes payable, $437,000 in dividend payments to our preferred stockholders, and $237,000 of purchases of property, equipment and software.

 

Challenges and Risks

 

We achieved our first quarter of profitability in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004. Prior to that time we had incurred losses since inception. We currently have an accumulated deficit of approximately $80 million. To meet increased demand for our products and services, we may be required to invest further in our operations, technology and infrastructure, which may result in our inability to sustain profitability. Although we believe we are currently experiencing increased demand for our consulting services, we may have difficulty expanding our capacity to deliver such services in a profitable manner, if at all.

 

Although we achieved positive operating cash flow in fiscal 2004, and we believe that our current cash balances are sufficient to meet our working capital needs for the next twelve months, our ability to generate positive net cash flow and sustain positive operating cash flow on a quarterly and annual basis is based on a number of factors, including some which are outside of our control, such as the state of the overall economy, the demand for our products and the length and lack of predictability of our sales cycle. As a result, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private financings or other sources to fund our operations. We may not be able to obtain additional funds on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Failure to raise capital when needed could harm our business. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity securities, these equity securities might have rights, preferences or privileges senior to our common stock and preferred stock. In addition, the necessity of raising additional funds could force us to incur debt on terms that could restrict our ability to make capital expenditures and to incur additional indebtedness.

 

In fiscal 2004, we generated 46% of our total revenues, or $8.1 million, from software license and renewal fees, compared to 44% of total revenues, or $6.1 million, in fiscal 2003. While we expect that the overall long-term revenue trend in our software business will continue to increase in response to customer demand, the revenue in individual quarters may fluctuate significantly, based upon timing of completion of large software installations and related revenue recognition. Unanticipated delays in consulting projects or deployment schedules may have significant impact to the timing of revenue recognition and may have corresponding significant impact to our net income in that quarter.

 

We generate a significant portion of our revenue from a limited number of clients. We expect that a significant portion of our revenue will continue to depend on sales to a small number of clients. In addition, the worldwide pharmaceutical industry has undergone, and may in the future undergo, substantial consolidation, which may reduce the number of our existing and potential clients. The loss of one of our large clients would hurt our business and prevent us from sustaining profitability.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our clients may also expand their internal drug development organizations to include functions and individuals that might perform services similar to those performed by our strategic consulting group. As a result, our consulting business could have difficulty sustaining its current levels of revenues, or increasing its revenues in the future. Similarly, our clients may develop their own competing software solutions, or may choose to purchase similar products from third parties other than Pharsight. This would hurt our business and prevent us from increasing or sustaining our software revenues.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

We prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). These accounting principles require us to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions. We believe that the estimates, judgments and assumptions upon which we rely are reasonable based upon information available to us at the time that these estimates, judgments and assumptions are made. These estimates, judgments and assumptions can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. To the extent there are material differences between these estimates, judgments or assumptions and actual results, our financial statements will be affected. The primary critical accounting policy that currently affects our financial condition and results of operations is revenue recognition. We believe that this accounting policy is critical to fully understand and evaluate our reported financial results.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Pharsight’s revenues are derived from two primary sources: (1) initial and renewal fees for term-based product licenses, and (2) services related to post-contract support for product licenses, scientific and training consulting and software deployment. Additionally, in fiscal 2003 Pharsight had an insignificant amount of revenue from subscriptions related to our information products.

 

Pharsight’s revenue recognition policy is in accordance with Statement of Position No. 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition,” (or “SOP 97-2”) as amended by Statement of Position No. 98-4, “Deferral of the Effective Date of SOP 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition,” (or “SOP 98-4”), and Statement of Position No. 98-9, “Modification of SOP No. 97-2 with Respect to Certain Transactions,” (or “SOP 98-9”). For each arrangement, Pharsight determines whether evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, collection of the receivable is reasonably assured, and no significant post-delivery obligations remain unfulfilled. If any of these criteria are not met, we defer revenue recognition until such time as all of the criteria are met. We do not currently offer, have not offered in the past, and do not expect to offer in the future, extended payment term arrangements. If we do not consider collectibility to be probable, we defer recognition of revenue until the fee is collected.

 

Pharsight enters into arrangements comprised solely of license and renewal fees for one-year software licenses (initial and renewal fees) bundled with post contract support services, or PCS. We do not have vendor specific objective evidence of fair value to allocate the fee to the separate elements, as we do not sell PCS separately for our term-based licenses. We, therefore, do not present PCS revenue separately, and we do not believe other allocation methodologies, namely allocation based on relative costs, provide a meaningful and supportable allocation between license and PCS revenues. We recognize each of the initial and renewal license fees ratably over the one-year period of the license during which the PCS is expected to be provided as required by paragraph 12 of SOP 97-2.

 

Pharsight also enters into arrangements consisting solely of services. Under these arrangements, revenue is recognized as the services are performed. Fees for services may be charged at daily rates for different levels of consultants plus out-of-pocket expenses, or may be charged as a fixed fee. For fixed fee contracts with payments based on milestones or acceptance criteria, we recognize revenue as such milestones are achieved, or upon acceptance, which approximates the level of services provided. For fixed fee arrangements, we recognize revenue based on the lower of (1) an estimation of the percentage of completion utilizing hours incurred to date as a

 

17


Table of Contents

percentage of total estimated hours to complete the project, (2) hours incurred to date multiplied by our contracted per diem rates, or (3) hours incurred to date subsequent to the last fully-completed milestone, multiplied by our contracted per diem rates, not to exceed the total revenue to be earned upon achievement of such completed milestone. If we do not have a sufficient basis to measure progress toward completion, revenue is recognized when we receive final acceptance from the customer. When total cost estimates exceed revenues, we accrue for the estimated losses immediately based upon an average fully burdened daily rate applicable to the services organization delivering the services.

 

Pharsight also enters into arrangements consisting of one-year licenses (bundled with PCS), renewal fees and scientific consulting services. The scientific consulting services meet the criteria of paragraph 65 of SOP 97-2 for separate accounting, in that they are not essential to the functionality of the delivered software, are described separately in the arrangement and are sold separately. As the only undelivered elements in these arrangements are services and PCS, and the PCS term (expressed or implied) and the period over which Pharsight expects the services to be performed are the same period, Pharsight recognizes revenue based on the lesser of actual services performed and licenses delivered, or straight line over the period of the agreement. If the PCS term and the period over which Pharsight expects the services to be performed are not the same period, Pharsight recognizes revenue based on the lesser of actual services performed and licenses delivered, or straight line over the longer of the PCS term or the period over which Pharsight expects the services to be performed. Vendor specific objective evidence of fair value of scientific services for purposes of revenue recognition in these multiple element arrangements is based on daily rates for different levels of consultants plus out-of-pocket expenses.

 

Pharsight also enters into arrangements that consist of perpetual or term-based licenses, PCS and implementation/installation services. For arrangements involving a significant amount of services related to installation and implementation of our software products, we recognize revenue for the entire arrangement ratably over the remaining period of the PCS term once the services are completed and accepted by the customer. We currently do not have vendor specific objective evidence for PCS for our perpetual software licenses.

 

We have one international distributor. There is no right of return or price protection for sales to the international distributor. Revenue on sales to this distributor is recognized when the software is delivered to the distributor and the other revenue recognition criteria are met. Revenue from this distributor in fiscal 2004 was less than 3% of our total revenues. Revenues from this distributor for fiscal 2003 and 2002 were less than 2% and 1% of total revenues, respectively.

 

Judgments affecting revenue recognition. Revenue results are difficult to predict, and any shortfall in revenue or delay in recognizing revenue could cause our operating results to vary significantly from quarter to quarter. We recognize revenue in accordance with GAAP rules that have been prescribed for the software industry. The accounting rules related to revenue recognition are complex and are affected by interpretations of the rules and an understanding of industry practices, both of which are subject to change. Consequently, the revenue recognition accounting rules require management to make significant judgments.

 

We do not record revenue on sales to customers whose ability to pay is in doubt at the time of sale. Rather, we recognize revenue from these customers as cash is collected. The determination of a customer’s ability to pay requires significant judgment. In this regard, management considers the international region of the customer and the financial viability of the customer in assessing a customer’s ability to pay.

 

We generally do not consider revenue arrangements with extended payment terms to be fixed or determinable and, accordingly, we do not generally recognize revenue on the majority of these arrangements until the customer payments become due. The determination of whether extended payment terms are fixed or determinable requires management to exercise significant judgment, including assessing such factors as the past payment history with the individual customer and evaluating the risk of concessions over an extended payment period. The determinations that we make can materially impact the timing of recognition of revenues. Our normal payment terms currently range from “net 30 days” to “net 60 days,” which are not considered by us to be extended payment terms.

 

18


Table of Contents

The majority of our PKS software arrangements include software deployment services. We defer revenue for software deployment services, along with the associated license revenue, until the services are completed. If there is significant uncertainty about the project completion or receipt of payment for the professional services, we defer revenue until the uncertainty is sufficiently resolved.

 

Additionally, for fixed fee strategic consulting contracts, with payments based on milestones or acceptance criteria, we recognize revenue as such milestones are achieved, or upon acceptance, which approximates the level of services provided. Management makes a number of estimates related to recognizing revenue for such contracts, as discussed further below. The complexity of the estimation process and the issues related to the assumptions, risks and uncertainties inherent with the application of the percentage-of-completion method of accounting affect the amounts of revenue and related expenses reported in our consolidated financial statements. A number of internal and external factors can affect our estimates, including labor rates, utilization and efficiency variances, specification and testing requirement changes, and unforeseen changes in project scope.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth, for the periods given, selected financial data as a percentage of our revenue and the percentage of period-over-period change represented by line items in our consolidated statements of operations. The table and the discussion below should be read in connection with the financial statements and the notes thereto which appear elsewhere in this report. All percentage calculations set forth in this section have been made using figures presented in the financial statements, and not from the rounded figures referred to in the text of this management discussion and analysis.

 

    

Percentage of Dollar

Change Year Over Year


    Percentage of Total Revenues

 
     2004/2003

    2003/2002

    2004

    2003

    2002

 

Revenues:

                              

License and renewal

   33 %   24 %   46 %   44 %   35 %

Services

   23     (16 )   54     56     65  
                

 

 

Total revenues

   27     (2 )   100     100     100  

Costs and expenses:

                              

License and renewal

   21     (69 )   4     5     14  

Services

   24     (9 )   41     41     44  

Research and development

   (26 )   (40 )   16     28     46  

Sales and marketing

   (41 )   (22 )   22     48     61  

General and administrative

   (27 )   7     26     45     40  

Amortization of deferred stock compensation

   (85 )   (56 )   1     9     21  

Amortization of intangible assets

       (100 )           3  

Restructuring costs

   (100 )   (18 )       4     5  
                

 

 

Total costs and expenses

   (23 )   (25 )   110     180     234  
                

 

 

Loss from operations

   (84 )   (42 )   (10 )   (80 )   (134 )

Other income (expense), net

   3     (275 )   (1 )   (3 )   1  
                

 

 

Net loss

   (83 )   (39 )   (11 )   (83 )   (133 )

Preferred stock dividend

   74     —       (4 )   (3 )   —    

Deemed dividend to preferred stockholders

   38     —       (2 )   (2 )   —    
                

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   (75 )%   (36 )%   (17 )%   (87 )%   (133 )%
                

 

 

 

Years Ended March 31, 2004 and 2003

 

License and renewal revenues. License and renewal revenue for fiscal 2004 was $8.1 million, compared to $6.1 million in fiscal 2003. This increase was primarily attributable to approximately $1.0 million of increased

 

19


Table of Contents

revenue recognized for sales of PKS software and $780,000 of increased revenue recognized for our desktop software products. The increase in PKS revenue was related to the commencement of revenue recognition on additional PKS contracts in fiscal 2004, which increased the total number of PKS license seats on which revenue was recognized in fiscal 2004 by 128% over fiscal 2003. The increase in desktop software products revenue was the result of increases in both the quantity of licenses and the average selling prices for sales booked in the current and prior periods that were recognized during fiscal 2004. The increased quantities were driven by increased sales of WinNonLin Enterprise products to PKS customers, and increased renewals of our WinNonLin Pro and WinNonLin Enterprise product due to an increase in our installed base. The average selling price for software products for which revenue was recognized during fiscal 2004 increased by 9% as compared to fiscal 2003, as a result of price increases that took effect in July 2002 and February 2003.

 

Service revenues. Service revenue for fiscal 2004 was $9.6 million compared to $7.8 million for fiscal 2003. This increase was attributable to $1.0 million of increased revenue related to higher net utilization of our strategic consulting personnel in response to an increase in our number of customers from 26 in fiscal 2003 to 32 in fiscal 2004, an increase in software deployment and training revenue of $610,000, and an increase of $145,000 in billable expenses related to PKS software deployment projects.

 

Costs and expenses. The amounts discussed below for costs of license and renewal revenues, cost of services revenues, research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses exclude amortization of deferred stock-based compensation.

 

Cost of license and renewal revenues. Cost of license and renewal revenues consists of royalty expense for third-party software included in our products, and cost of materials for both initial products and product updates provided for in our annual license agreements. Cost of license and renewal revenues was $759,000 in fiscal 2004 compared to $629,000 in fiscal 2003. The increase was attributable to $350,000 of subcontracted software customization expenses, offset partially by a decrease of $154,000 in royalty costs and $85,000 of reduced support expenses related to our restructuring activities in fiscal 2003. The decrease in cost of license and renewal revenues as a percentage of license and renewal revenues from fiscal 2003 to fiscal 2004 was due to the larger relative contribution of our PKS product, which does not carry royalty costs, and lower overall support costs related to our fiscal 2003 restructuring activities.

 

Cost of services revenues. Cost of services revenues was $7.0 million in fiscal 2004 compared to $5.7 million in fiscal 2003. The increase was primarily attributable to a full year of costs related to the establishment and ramp-up of our software deployment organization, which was initiated in the second half of fiscal 2003 in response to customer demand.

 

Research and development. Research and development expenses were $2.9 million in fiscal 2004 compared to $3.9 million in fiscal 2003. The decrease resulted primarily from a reduction of approximately $612,000 in headcount-related expenses and $498,000 in reduced facilities and depreciation expenses as a result of our restructuring activities and continued cost-reduction efforts. These expense reductions were partially offset by an increase of $107,000 in external consulting expenses.

 

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expenses were $4.0 million in fiscal 2004 compared to $6.7 million in fiscal 2003. The decrease resulted primarily from reductions of $1.5 million in headcount-related expenses, $559,000 in facilities and depreciation expense, $301,000 in travel expenses, and $215,000 in corporate marketing and investor relations expenses, each as a result of reduced headcount and cost reduction measures related to our restructuring actions in fiscal 2003.

 

General and administrative. General and administrative expenses were $4.6 million in fiscal 2004 compared to $6.3 million in fiscal 2003. The decrease was primarily related to reductions of $780,000 in headcount-related expenses and $459,000 in facilities and depreciation expenses related to our restructuring activities in fiscal 2003, $322,000 in reduced consulting expenses, $117,000 in reduced insurance costs and $91,000 in reduced travel expenses as a result of our ongoing cost-reduction efforts, partially offset by increased professional

 

20


Table of Contents

services expenses of $124,000. General and administrative expenses were also reduced in fiscal 2004 as a result of a $69,000 reduction in our reserve for uncollectible accounts based upon an analysis of our historical collection experience, a specific review of our outstanding receivables, as well as current economic trends.

 

Amortization of deferred stock compensation. The deferred stock compensation expenses recorded in each period represent the amortization of the difference between the exercise price of certain stock options granted prior to our initial public offering in August 2000 and the then deemed fair value of our common stock, recognized using the graded method over the vesting period of the stock options. Amortization expense was $198,000 in fiscal 2004 compared to $1.3 million in fiscal 2003. The decrease was primarily related to a reduction in the amount of unamortized deferred stock compensation balances. As of March 31, 2004, all deferred stock compensation was fully amortized.

 

Restructuring. During the year ended March 31, 2003, we announced that we were taking two actions intended to help further reduce operating expenses across all non-core functional areas. These actions were announced and initiated in July 2002 (the “July 2002 Restructuring”) and November 2002 (the “November 2002 Restructuring”). The July 2002 Restructuring included a total reduction of approximately 15% of our workforce, or 18 employees. All 18 employees had been terminated as of March 31, 2003. The November 2002 Restructuring included a total reduction of approximately 20% of our workforce, or 19 employees and the closure of two remote office locations. As of March 31, 2003, all 19 employees had been terminated. In July 2002 and November 2002, we recorded $324,000 and $364,000 in restructuring charges, respectively, representing employee severance costs and facility exit costs, for a total of $556,000 in restructuring charges in fiscal 2003. At March 31, 2003, the restructuring accrual was included on the balance sheet in accrued expenses. All actions under the plans were completed as of September 30, 2003, all remaining cash payments have been paid and there are no remaining obligations.

 

Other income (expense), net. Other income (expense), net, was $261,000 in fiscal 2004 compared to $371,000 in fiscal 2003. The decrease occurred primarily as a result of lower interest income on a smaller average balance of cash and short-term investments in fiscal 2004, as well as lower interest expense related to a lower outstanding balance on our term loan. We continued to reduce the outstanding balance of our obligations under capital leases in fiscal 2004.

 

Provision for income taxes. We recorded an income tax provision of $81,000 and $82,000 for fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003, respectively, which represents foreign income taxes. As a result of our net operating losses, no provision was recorded for federal and state income taxes during fiscal years 2004 and 2003. As of March 31, 2004, we had federal and state net operating losses of $61 million and $20 million respectively, which begin to expire in the years 2005 through 2024, if not utilized. We have recorded a valuation allowance against the entire net operating loss carry-forwards because of the uncertainty that we will be able to realize the benefit of the net operating loss carry-forwards before they expire. We have federal and state research and development tax credits of approximately $850,000 and $480,000, respectively. The federal research and development credits begin to expire in 2011 through 2024, and the state credits can be carried forward indefinitely. Utilization of our net operating loss and credits may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided in the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions. Such an annual limitation could result in the expiration of the net operating loss and credits before utilization.

 

Years Ended March 31, 2003 and 2002

 

License and renewal revenues. The increase in license and renewal revenues from $5.0 million in fiscal 2002 to $6.1 million in fiscal 2003 was primarily due to an increase of approximately $350,000 in new license sales and $800,000 due to an increase in annual renewal revenue, attributed to the growth in the installed base. Included in this renewal increase is over $400,000 of PKS license renewals.

 

21


Table of Contents

Services revenues. The decrease in services revenues from $9.3 million in fiscal 2002 to $7.8 million in fiscal 2003 was primarily driven by the slowdown of services rendered under consulting agreements as some key pharmaceutical customers reduced their spending budgets in fiscal 2003. This downward trend was most pronounced during the first half of the year, while the beginnings of a reversal was noticeable in the third and fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, as evidenced by the signing of significant agreements with customers such as Pfizer, Roche, and several Japanese companies. The effect of budget cutbacks was partially offset by significant engagement expansions with some of our existing customers such as Aventis and Cephalon, and renewal of engagements with Eli Lilly and the major pharmaceutical research and development locations of Pfizer, Inc. In addition, approximately $700,000 in revenue was generated from new services customers, as efforts to diversify our revenue base began to produce results, measured by a 30% increase in the total number of revenue-generating services customers in fiscal 2003 compared to fiscal 2002.

 

Costs and expenses. The amounts discussed below for costs of license and renewal, cost of services, research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses, are excluding amortization of deferred stock-based compensation.

 

Cost of license revenues. The decrease in cost of license and renewal revenues from $2.0 million in fiscal 2002 to $629,000 in fiscal 2003 was driven by the cost of revenues related to our information products which we ceased selling in July 2001. The restructuring actions in fiscal 2002 reduced resources in non-core areas such as our information products.

 

Cost of services revenues. The decrease in cost of services revenues from $6.3 million in fiscal 2002 to $5.7 million in fiscal 2003 was due primarily to fewer personnel in strategic services. The increase in the percentage of cost of service revenues as a percentage of services revenues in fiscal 2003 was due to under-utilized capacity in our services organization for the first half of fiscal year 2003. We saw improved billable utilization in the second half of fiscal 2003.

 

Research and development. The decrease in research and development expenses from $6.6 million in fiscal 2002 to $3.9 million in fiscal 2003 resulted primarily from reduced numbers of software developers and outside contractors in non-core product areas, including management and non-revenue-generating products areas.

 

Sales and marketing. The decrease in sales and marketing expenses from $8.6 million in fiscal 2002 to $6.7 million in fiscal 2003 was related primarily to a reduction in the number of our sales and marketing force personnel. The decrease in marketing and sales expense as a percentage of total revenues reflects the reduction in the number of professionals selling and marketing our products and services.

 

General and administrative. The increase in general and administrative expenses from $5.9 million in fiscal 2002 to $6.3 million in fiscal 2003 was related to severance costs resulting from changes in management staff, as well as escalating insurance and professional service fees partially offset by a reduction in the number of general and administrative personnel.

 

Amortization of deferred stock compensation. The decrease in the amount of amortization expense from $3.0 million in fiscal 2002 to $1.3 million in fiscal 2003 is related to a reduction in the amount of unamortized deferred stock compensation remaining.

 

Restructuring. In fiscal 2003 and 2002, we implemented restructuring programs to better align operating expenses with anticipated revenues. In fiscal 2003, we recorded restructuring charges of $556,000 as explained above. During the third quarter of fiscal 2002, we recorded a $676,000 restructuring charge, which consisted of $402,000 in facility exit costs, $253,000 in employee severance costs and $21,000 in other exit costs. The fiscal 2002 restructuring program resulted in a reduction in force across all company functions of approximately 14% of our work force, or 20 employees and was intended to reduce expenses by approximately $4.5 million on an annualized basis.

 

22


Table of Contents

Other income (expense), net. Other expense, net, was $371,000 for fiscal 2003 as compared to other income, net, of $212,000 for fiscal 2002. This occurred as a result of lower interest income on a smaller average balance of cash and short-term investments, as well as higher interest expense as we began paying for utilization of our term loan. We continued to reduce the outstanding balance of our obligations under capital leases in fiscal 2003.

 

Provision for income taxes. As a result of our net operating losses, no federal or state provision was recorded for income taxes during fiscal years 2003 and 2002. We recorded an income tax provision of $82,000 in fiscal 2003, which represents foreign income taxes, and which is included in other expense in our statement of operations. As of March 31, 2003, we had federal and state net operating losses of $58 million and $19 million respectively.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

As of March 31, 2004, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

From our inception through the initial public offering of our common stock, we funded operations through the private sale of preferred stock, with net proceeds of approximately $38 million, limited borrowings and equipment leases. In August 2000, we completed our initial public offering of 3,000,000 shares of common stock, at a price of $10.00 per share, all of which were issued and sold by us for net proceeds of $26.4 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions of $2.1 million and expenses of $1.5 million. We paid $6.1 million to holders of our Series C preferred stock at the closing of the offering as required by the terms of the Series C preferred stock. After this payment, our net proceeds were $20.3 million. In June and September of fiscal 2003, we completed a private placement of preferred stock to several of our investors, raising additional net proceeds of $7.2 million, as further described below.

 

Summarized cash, working capital and cash flow information is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Years Ended March 31,

   

Percentage of

Dollar Change

Year Over

Year


 
     2004

    2003

    2004/2003

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,027     $ 10,875     (8 )%
    


 


 

Working capital

   $ 2,082     $ 4,084     (49 )%
    


 


 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 992     $ (8,293 )   NM  
    


 


 

Cash (used in) provided by investing activities

   $ (237 )   $ 2,929     NM  
    


 


 

Cash (used in) provided by financing activities

   $ (1,603 )   $ 5,741     NM  
    


 


 


NM = Not meaningful

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents. As of March 31, 2004, our cash and cash equivalents consisted primarily of demand deposits and money market funds. The decrease in our cash and cash equivalents in fiscal 2004 was primarily due to $875,000 of repayments against our credit and loan facilities with Silicon Valley Bank, $437,000 of preferred stock dividend cash payments and $295,000 of payments against capital leases. Our working capital, defined as current assets less current liabilities, decreased primarily due to a combination of cash used to fund operations, repayments against our credit facilities and payments of dividends to our preferred stockholders.

 

Cash Flows Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities. Cash flows provided by operating activities increased in fiscal 2004 as compared to fiscal 2003 primarily due to decreased net losses, partially offset by decreases in non-cash charges for depreciation expense and amortization of deferred stock compensation, and increases in accounts receivable, accrued compensation, other assets and deferred revenue. Cash flows used in

 

23


Table of Contents

operating activities in fiscal 2003 were primarily attributable to net losses of $11.5 million, partially offset by non-cash charges for depreciation and amortization, and amortization of deferred stock compensation.

 

Cash Flows (Used in) Provided by Investing Activities. Negative cash flows from investing activities in fiscal 2004 relate to purchases of capital equipment necessary for our ongoing operations. Net cash provided by investing activities in fiscal 2003 was primarily due to the maturities of short-term investments, offset slightly by $216,000 of purchases of equipment.

 

Cash Flows (Used in) Provided by Financing Activities. Negative cash flows from financing activities in fiscal 2004 were primarily a result of payments against our outstanding loan facilities with Silicon Valley Bank and payments of dividends to our preferred stockholders. In fiscal 2003, cash flows provided by financing activities were primarily from cash provided as a result of proceeds from the issuance of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock and warrants, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $7.2 million. We borrowed, then re-paid, $750,000 on our accounts receivable line of credit facilities in the first fiscal quarter of 2003. Additionally, we made principal payments on capital leases of $660,000 and paid the first nine of 48 installments, totaling $656,000, on our term loan with Silicon Valley Bank.

 

Credit Facilities. In June 2001, we extended and enhanced our previously unused credit facilities with Silicon Valley Bank, providing up to $7.5 million available under three different facilities. All had rates which were based on the prime interest rate plus one point or plus 1.25 points. The term loan facility of $3.5 million was fully utilized in fiscal 2002 and was payable, beginning in July 2002, over the succeeding four years, ending June 2006.

 

As of March 31, 2004, we had $3.0 million remaining to be paid on our term loan facility, having paid $875,000 during fiscal 2004 to Silicon Valley Bank. Of the remaining balance, $1.9 million is due and payable in the 12 months immediately after March 31, 2004, with the remaining $1.1 million due in fiscal 2006. We also continued to utilize $1.0 million of our accounts receivable line of credit facilities. During fiscal 2004, the following financial covenants applied to our Silicon Valley Bank loan facilities: quick ratio greater than 1.0; remaining months liquidity of at least six months (defined as cash used in operating activities for the most recent quarter multiplied by two); liquidity of at least two times the term loan advance; and annual net losses within 20% of our plan, measured at specific quarterly intervals. As of March 31, 2004, we were in compliance with all the covenants under our credit facilities with Silicon Valley Bank.

 

In May 2004, we renegotiated, extended and expanded our credit facilities with Silicon Valley Bank, providing for up to $3.0 million in borrowings, secured against 80% of eligible domestic accounts receivable. The following financial covenants apply to the extended Silicon Valley Bank loan facilities: net loss no greater than $500,000 in the first quarter of fiscal 2005; net income of at least $1.00 in the remaining three quarters of fiscal 2005; and a minimum modified quick ratio (defined as cash and cash equivalents plus accounts receivable, divided by total current liabilities, including all bank debt and not including deferred revenue) of 1.5:1 for the months of April 2004 through July 2004, 1.75:1 for the months of August 2004 through November 2004, and 2:1 for the months of December 2004 and each month thereafter. Interest is accrued at 0.05% above prime and is payable monthly from the date of borrowing. The revolving credit facility expires in May 2005. Certain of our assets, excluding intellectual property, secure both facilities.

 

Preferred Stock Financing. On June 26, 2002 and September 11, 2002, we completed private placements of our securities to certain entities affiliated with Alloy Ventures, Inc. and the Sprout Group, both of which were among our existing stockholders, pursuant to a Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”). Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, we sold an aggregate of 1,814,662 units (each a “Unit,” and collectively the “Units”). Each Unit consisted of one share of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock (the “Series A Preferred”) and a warrant to purchase one share of our common stock. The purchase price for each Unit was $4.133, which is the sum of $4.008 (four times the underlying average closing price for our common stock over the five trading days prior to the initial closing (i.e., $1.002)) and $0.125 for each share of Series A Preferred and warrant, respectively. The Second Closing, which occurred on September 11, 2002, was subject to stockholder approval, which was obtained on September 6, 2002.

 

24


Table of Contents

The Series A Preferred is redeemable at any time after five years from the date of issuance upon the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the holders of Series A Preferred, at a price of $4.008 per share plus any unpaid dividends. Each share of Series A Preferred is convertible into four shares of our common stock at the election of the holder or upon the occurrence of certain other events. The holders of Series A Preferred are entitled to receive, but only out of legally available funds, quarterly cumulative dividends at the rate of 8% per year commencing in September 2002, which are payable in cash or shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock (the “Series B Preferred” and, together with the Series A Preferred, the “Preferred Stock”), at the election of the holder. The terms of the Series B Preferred are identical to the Series A Preferred, except that the Series B Preferred is not entitled to receive the 8% dividends. In the event of any liquidation or winding up of the company, the holders of the Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the common stock a per share amount equal to the greater of (a) the original issue price, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends and (b) the amount that such shares would receive if converted to common stock immediately prior thereto (the “Liquidation Preference”). After the payment of the Liquidation Preference to the holders of Preferred Stock, the remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the common stock. A merger, acquisition, sale of voting control of the company in which our stockholders do not own a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation, or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, shall be deemed to be a liquidation.

 

The holders of Series A Preferred and Series B Preferred are entitled to vote together with the common stock. Each share of Preferred Stock has a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock then issuable upon conversion of such share of Preferred Stock. In addition, consent of the holders of at least 75% of the then outstanding Preferred Stock is required for certain actions, including any action that amends our charter documents so as to adversely affect the Preferred Stock.

 

The warrants are exercisable for a period of five years from issuance with an exercise price of $1.15 per share.

 

Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, we filed a registration statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-98095) for the resale of the shares of Common Stock issuable to the investors upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock and exercise of the warrants. The registration statement became effective on October 31, 2002. In the event that we fail to keep the Registration Statement effective (other than pursuant to the permissible suspension periods or waivers granted by the holders of the Preferred Stock), we are obligated to pay to the holders of Preferred Stock as liquidated damages, the amount of 1% per month of the aggregate purchase price for the shares remaining to be sold pursuant to the registration statement. The holders of the Preferred Stock waived the right to receive liquidated damages that resulted from the delayed date of effectiveness through November 30, 2002.

 

We did not file a Registration Statement covering the shares of Series B preferred stock to be issued as a dividend with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, and therefore, the holders of Preferred Stock accrued additional liquidated damages following November 30, 2002. In February 2003, the holders of the Preferred Stock waived the right to receive the foregoing liquidated damages.

 

In May 2003, the holders of the Preferred Stock waived the requirement that we file a post-effective amendment on Form S-1 in the event that we are no longer eligible to use Form S-3. The holders of Preferred Stock also waived the right to receive liquidated damages as a result of the failure to file a post-effective amendment on Form S-1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to terminate the May 2003 waivers and, as a result, require us to file a post-effective amendment on Form S-1 within thirty (30) days from the our receipt of such waiver termination and to cause such post-effective amendment to become effective within ninety (90) days from receipt of such waiver termination, or otherwise incur liquidated damages under the terms of the Purchase Agreement. On June 10, 2003, the Registration Statement ceased to be available for resale of the shares registered thereunder.

 

25


Table of Contents

The Series A Preferred Stock is entitled to receive an annual dividend of 8% payable quarterly in cash or shares of Series B Preferred Stock, at the election of the holder of the Series A Preferred Stock. The Series B Preferred Stock has identical rights, preferences and privileges to the Series A Preferred Stock except that the Series B Preferred Stock is not entitled to 8% dividends. These quarterly dividends commenced in September 2002. During fiscal 2004, we paid $437,000 in cash dividends to the Series A Preferred stockholders and we recorded an additional $48,000 in accrued dividends payable as of March 31, 2004. On March 1, 2004 (the “Valuation Date”), at the election of the Series A Preferred stockholders, we issued a dividend in the form of 36,281 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to our Series A Preferred stockholders.

 

Contractual Commitments. As of March 31, 2004, we have operating leases of our facilities and certain property and equipment that expire at various times through fiscal years 2005 and 2006. These arrangements allow us to obtain the use of the equipment and facilities without purchasing them. If we were to acquire these assets, we would be required to obtain financing and record a liability related to the financing of these assets. Leasing these assets under operating leases allows us to use these assets for our business while minimizing the obligations and up front cash flow related to purchasing the assets. During fiscal 2004, we recorded rent expenses related to these arrangements of $598,000.

 

The following is a summary of our contractual commitments associated with our debt and lease obligations as of March 31, 2004 (in thousands):

 

     Payments Due by Period

Contractual Obligations


   Total

  

Less Than 1

Year


   1-3 Years

   3-5 Years

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (1)

   $ 1,891    $ 582    $ 1,309    $ —  

Notes payable

     2,969      1,875      1,094      —  

Capital lease obligations

     55      55      —        —  

Operating leases (gross)

     783      488      295      —  
    

  

  

  

Total commitments

   $ 5,698    $ 3,000    $ 2,698    $ —  
    

  

  

  


(1) The holders of the preferred stock may elect to have us redeem the preferred stock immediately after it becomes redeemable in June 2007. However, if this does not occur then we will continue to pay dividends in the aggregate amount of approximately $582,000 per year. Further, the terms of the preferred stock provide that it will automatically convert to common stock in the event of a public offering meeting certain minimum conditions, and if this were to occur our obligation to pay dividends or redeem the preferred stock would cease at that time. Any of these outcomes is beyond our control and the probability of any of these outcomes is highly subject to conjecture. The amounts presented in the table above reflect only our contractual obligations related to dividend payments to the holders of the preferred stock up to June 2007, at which point the stock may or may not redeem. We also refer the reader to the discussion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock in Note 8 of the Notes to Financial Statements.

 

Short Term and Long Term Liquidity. We believe that the combination of our cash and cash equivalents and currently anticipated cash flow from operations should be adequate to sustain operations through the next 12 months. We are managing the business to achieve positive cash flow utilizing existing assets. During fiscal 2003, our commitments and liabilities were significantly reduced via restructuring events, however we also incurred substantial commitments as a result of the sale of shares of convertible, redeemable preferred stock, and we also extended our credit facilities under our arrangements with Silicon Valley Bank. We have reduced ongoing operating expenses by reducing purchases of other goods and services and by making workforce reductions, and although we generated positive operating cash flow for fiscal 2004, there is no assurance that we can continue to do so. We are committed to the successful execution of our operating plan and we will take continued actions as necessary to ensure our cash resources are sufficient to fund our working capital requirements at least through fiscal 2005.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our long-term liquidity and capital requirements will depend on numerous factors including our future revenues and expenses, growth or contraction of operations and general economic pressures. We may not be able to maintain our current market share, or continue to expand our business, without investing in our operations, technology, or product and service offerings. In order to do so, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private financings or other sources to fund our operations. However, our common stock is not listed on an exchange or the Nasdaq National Market, and until it is listed it will be difficult for us to make sales of our equity stock. In addition, the terms of our preferred stock may prevent us from issuing additional shares of preferred stock on terms that investors would require in order to invest in our preferred stock. The necessity of raising additional funds could require us to incur debt on terms that could restrict our ability to make capital expenditures and incur additional indebtedness. As a result, we may not be able to obtain additional funds on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. In addition, beginning in June 2007, the holders of our preferred stock can force us to redeem the shares of our preferred stock, and if we were required to redeem all of the shares of preferred stock currently outstanding, this would entail a cash outlay of approximately $7.4 million.

 

Impact of Inflation

 

The effects of inflation and changing prices on our operations were not significant during the periods presented.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

EITF 00-21

 

In November 2002, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on Issue No. 00-21 (“EITF 00-21”), “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” EITF 00-21 addresses certain aspects of the accounting by a vendor for arrangements under which it will perform or deliver multiple revenue-generating activities, including products, services and/or rights to use assets. Specifically, EITF 00-21 provides a model to be used to determine (a) how the arrangement consideration should be measured, (b) whether the arrangement should be divided into separate units of accounting, and if so, (c) how the arrangement consideration should be allocated to the separate units of accounting. The guidance in EITF 00-21 was effective for revenue arrangements entered into beginning July 1, 2003. The adoption of EITF 00-21 did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

FIN 46

 

In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46”), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,” which was amended by FIN 46R issued in December 2003. This interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements,” addresses consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities (“VIEs”) that either: (1) do not have sufficient equity investment at risk to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, or (2) for which the equity investors lack an essential characteristic of a controlling financial interest. This interpretation applies immediately to VIEs created after January 31, 2003. It also applies in the first fiscal year or interim period ending after March 15, 2004 to VIEs created before February 1, 2003 in which an enterprise holds a variable interest. FIN 46 requires disclosure of VIEs in financial statements issued after January 31, 2003, if it is reasonably possible that as of the transition date: (1) the company will be the primary beneficiary of an existing VIE that will require consolidation or, (2) the company will hold a significant variable interest in, or have a significant involvement with, an existing VIE. The adoption of FIN 46R did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

SFAS 150

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity” (“SFAS 150”). SFAS 150 requires that certain financial

 

27


Table of Contents

instruments, which under previous guidance were accounted for as equity, must now be accounted for as liabilities. SFAS 150 requires that an issuer classify certain financial instruments as liabilities, including instruments issued in the form of mandatorily redeemable shares, instruments that, at inception, embody an obligation to repurchase the issuer’s equity shares or is indexed to such an obligation, and instruments that embody an obligation that the issuer must or may settle by using a variable number of its equity securities in certain circumstances. SFAS 150 was effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise was effective beginning July 1, 2003. Pharsight examined the requirements of FAS 150 and determined that no change in presentation of our Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock was required, as the redemption of the stock is at the option of the holders rather than mandatory (see Note 8).

 

FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS AND MARKET PRICE OF STOCK

 

We operate in a rapidly changing economic and technological environment that presents numerous risks. Many of these risks are beyond our control and are driven by factors that we cannot predict. The following discussion, as well as our discussion above of critical accounting policies and estimates, highlights some of these risks. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information in this report before deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or operating results could be materially adversely affected. This could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment.

 

Items That Affect Our Future Operations

 

We have had a history of losses, have only recently achieved profitability, and we may not be able to generate sufficient revenues to sustain profitability.

 

We commenced our operations in April 1995 and have incurred net losses for every fiscal year since that time. We achieved profitability in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004. As of March 31, 2004, we had an accumulated deficit of $79.7 million. We may incur further losses as we continue to develop our business. Our ability to sustain profitability is based on a number of assumptions, including some outside of our control, including the state of the overall economy and the demand for our products, and if these assumptions do not prove to be accurate then we may not be able to generate sufficient revenues to sustain profitability. Furthermore, even if we do sustain profitability and positive operating cash flow, we may not be able to increase profitability or positive operating cash flow on a quarterly or annual basis. If our profitability does not meet the expectations of investors, the price of our common stock may decline.

 

We have a limited amount of capital resources and we may not be able to sustain or grow our business if we cannot sustain profitability or raise additional funds on a timely basis.

 

We believe we have adequate cash to sustain operations through the next 12 months, and we are managing the business to achieve positive cash flow utilizing existing assets. However, even if we sustain profitability, we may not be able to generate sufficient profits to grow our business. As a result, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private financings or other sources to fund our operations. We may not be able to obtain additional funds on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Failure to raise capital when needed could harm our business. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity securities, these equity securities might have rights, preferences or privileges senior to our common stock and preferred stock. In addition, the necessity of raising additional funds could force us to incur debt on terms that could restrict our ability to make capital expenditures and incur additional indebtedness.

 

28


Table of Contents

The terms of our credit facilities contain covenants that limit our flexibility and prevent us from taking certain actions.

 

The terms governing our credit facilities with Silicon Valley Bank include a number of significant restrictive covenants. These covenants could adversely affect us by limiting our ability to plan for or react to market conditions, meet our capital needs and execute our business strategy. These covenants will, among other things, limit our ability to:

 

  incur additional debt;

 

  make certain investments;

 

  create liens; or

 

  sell certain assets.

 

These covenants may significantly limit our operating and financial flexibility and limit our ability to respond to changes in our business or competitive activities. Our failure to comply with these covenants could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in our being required to repay these borrowings before their scheduled due date. In addition, Silicon Valley Bank could foreclose on our assets.

 

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly and may not be predictive of future financial results.

 

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate in the future, and may vary from investors’ expectations, depending on a number of factors, including:

 

  Variances in demand for our products and services;

 

  Timing of the introduction of new products or services and enhancements of existing products or services;

 

  Changes in research and development expenses;

 

  Our ability to complete fixed-price service contracts without committing additional resources;

 

  Unanticipated changes in the capacity of our services organization;

 

  Delays or deferrals of customer implementations of our software products;

 

  Delays or deferrals of client drug development processes;

 

  The tendency of some of our customers to wait until the end of a fiscal quarter or fiscal year in the hope of obtaining more favorable terms;

 

  Changes in industry conditions affecting our customers, including industry consolidation; and

 

  Our ability to realize operating efficiencies through restructuring or other actions.

 

As a result, quarterly comparisons may not indicate reliable trends of future performance.

 

We manage our expense levels in part based upon our expectations concerning future revenue, and these expense levels are relatively fixed in the short term. If we have lower revenue than expected, we may not be able to reduce our spending in the short term in response. Any shortfall in revenue would have a direct impact on our results of operations.

 

In the past we have taken actions intended to reduce our expenses on an annualized basis. Our cost reduction measures have left us with less available capacity to deliver our products and services. If there is a significant increase in demand from our estimates, it will take us longer to react to satisfy this demand, which would limit our ability to grow our business and sustain profitability.

 

29


Table of Contents

We may be required to defer recognition of software license revenue for a significant period of time after entering into an agreement, which could negatively impact our results of operations.

 

We may have to delay recognizing license revenue for a significant period of time for a variety of types of transactions, including:

 

  Transactions that include both currently deliverable software products and software products that are under development or contain other currently undeliverable elements;

 

  Transactions where the customer demands services that include significant modifications, customizations or complex interfaces that could delay product delivery or acceptance;

 

  Transactions that involve non-standard acceptance criteria or identified product-related performance issues; and

 

  Transactions that include contingency-based payment terms or fees.

 

These factors and other specific accounting requirements for software revenue recognition require that we have very precise terms in our license agreements to allow us to recognize revenue when we initially deliver software or perform services. Although we have a standard form of license agreement that we believe meets the criteria for current revenue recognition on delivered elements, we negotiate and revise these terms and conditions in some transactions. Therefore, it is possible that from time to time we may license our software or provide service with terms and conditions that do not permit revenue recognition at the time of delivery or even as work on the project is completed. In fiscal 2004, software license revenue accounted for 46% of our total revenues. The majority of our large PKS software transactions include services pertaining to modification and customization of the core PKS software product, which may result in delayed revenue recognition for a significant period of time. Additionally, some of our long-term deferred revenue relates to transactions that include software products that are under development.

 

An increase in service revenue as a percentage of total revenues, or a decrease in software revenue as a percentage of total revenues, may decrease our overall margins.

 

We realize lower margins on services than on license revenues. In addition, we may contract with certain third parties to supplement the services we provide to customers, which generally yields lower gross margins than our service business. As a result, if service revenue increases as a percentage of total revenue or if we increase our use of third parties to provide such services, our gross margins would be lower and our operating results may be impacted. In the last three fiscal years, although services revenue has increased in absolute dollars, it has decreased as a percentage of total revenues from 65% in fiscal 2002 to 56% in fiscal 2003 and 54% in fiscal 2004. During the same time period, services costs as a percentage of services revenues have increased from 68% in fiscal 2002 to 73% fiscal 2004, yet our overall gross margin has increased from 42% in fiscal 2002 to 56% in fiscal 2004, as an increasing percentage of our total revenues is attributable to software revenue.

 

Because our sales and implementation cycles are long and unpredictable, our revenues are difficult to predict and may not meet our expectations or those of our investors.

 

The lengths of our sales and implementation cycles are difficult to predict and depend on a number of factors, including the type of product or services being provided, the nature and size of the potential customer and the extent of the commitment being made by the potential customer. Our sales cycle is unpredictable and may take six months or more. Our implementation cycle is also difficult to predict and can be longer than one year. Each of these can result in delayed revenues, increased selling expenses and difficulty in matching revenues with expenses, which may contribute to fluctuations in our results of operations. A key element of our strategy is to market our product and service offerings to large organizations. These organizations can have particularly lengthy decision-making processes and may require evaluation periods, which could extend the sales and implementation cycle. Moreover, we often must provide a significant level of education to our prospective customers regarding the use and benefit of our product and service offerings, which may cause additional delays

 

30


Table of Contents

during the evaluation and acceptance process. We therefore have difficulty forecasting the timing and recognition of revenues from sales of our product and service offerings.

 

Our revenue is concentrated in a few customers, and if we lose any of these customers our revenue may decrease substantially.

 

We receive a substantial majority of our revenue from a limited number of customers. For fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002 sales to our top two customers accounted for 28%, 28% and 29% of total revenue, respectively, and sales to our top five customers in the same periods accounted for 50%, 50% and 49% of total revenue, respectively. We expect that a significant portion of our revenue will continue to depend on sales to a small number of customers. If we do not generate as much revenue from these major customers as we expect to, or if revenue from such customers is delayed, or if we lose any of them as customers, our total revenue may be significantly reduced.

 

We may need to change our pricing models to compete successfully.

 

The markets in which we compete can put pressure on us to reduce our prices. If our competitors offer deep discounts on certain products in an effort to recapture or gain market share, we may then need to lower prices or offer other favorable terms in order to compete successfully. Any such changes would be likely to reduce margins and could adversely affect operating results. We have periodically changed our pricing model and any broadly based changes to our prices and pricing policies could cause service and license revenues to decline or be delayed as our sales force implements and our customers adjust to the new pricing policies. If we do not adapt our pricing models to reflect changes in customer use of our products, our revenues could decrease.

 

If we are unable to generate additional sales from existing customers and/or generate sales to new customers, we may not be able to realize sufficient revenues to sustain or increase our profitability.

 

Our success depends on our ability to develop our existing customer relationships and establish relationships with additional pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. If we lose any significant relationships with existing customers or fail to establish additional relationships, we may not be able to execute our business plan and our business will suffer. Developing customer relationships with pharmaceutical companies can be difficult for a number of reasons. These companies are often very large organizations with complex decision-making processes that are difficult to impact. In addition, because our products and services relate to the core technologies of these companies, these organizations are generally cautious about working with outside companies. Some potential customers may also resist working with us until our products and services have achieved more widespread market acceptance. Our existing customers could also reassess their commitment to us, not renew existing agreements or choose not to expand the scope of their relationship with us.

 

Our revenues and results of operations would be adversely affected if a customer cancels a contract for services or software deployment with us.

 

Many of our services agreements can be canceled upon prior notice by our customers. Additionally, due to the nature of our services and deployment engagements, customers sometimes delay projects because of timing of the clinical trials and the need for data and information that prevent us from proceeding with our projects. These delays and contract cancellations cannot be predicted with accuracy and we cannot assure you that we will be able to replace any delayed or canceled contracts with the customer or other customers. If we are unable to replace those contracts, our revenues and results of operations would be adversely affected.

 

We may lose existing customers or be unable to attract new customers if we do not develop new products and services or if our offerings do not keep pace with technological changes.

 

The successful growth of our business depends on our ability to develop new products and services and incorporate new capabilities, including the expansion of our product and services offerings to address a broader

 

31


Table of Contents

set of customer needs related to clinical development of drugs and thereby expand the number of our prospective users, on a timely basis. If we cannot adapt to changing technologies, emerging and evolving industry standards, new scientific developments and increasingly sophisticated customer needs, we may not achieve revenue growth and our products and services may become obsolete, and our business could suffer. We have suffered product delays in the past, resulting in lost product revenues. In addition, early releases of software often contain errors or defects. We cannot assure you that, despite our extensive testing, errors will not be found in our products before or after commercial release, which could result in product redevelopment costs and loss of, or delay in, market acceptance. Furthermore, a failure by us to introduce new products or services on schedule could harm our business prospects. Any delay or problems in the installation or implementation of new products or services may cause customers to forego purchases from us. We may need to accelerate product introductions and shorten product life cycles, which will require high levels of expenditures of research and development that could adversely affect our operating results. A failure by us to introduce new services on a timely and cost-effective basis to meet evolving customer requirements, or to integrate new services with existing services, could harm our business prospects.

 

If the security or confidentiality of our customers’ data is compromised or breached, we could be liable for damages and our reputation could be harmed.

 

As part of implementing our products and services, we inherently gain access to certain highly confidential proprietary customer information. It is critical that our facilities and infrastructure remain secure and are perceived by the marketplace to be secure. Despite our implementation of a number of security measures, our infrastructure may be vulnerable to physical break-ins, computer viruses, programming errors, attacks by third parties or similar disruptive problems. We do not have insurance to cover us for losses incurred in many of these events. If we fail to meet our customers’ security expectations, we could be liable for damages and our reputation could suffer.

 

If we are unable to complete a project due to scientific limitations or otherwise meet our customers’ expectations, our reputation may be adversely affected and we may not be able to generate new business.

 

Because our projects may contain scientific risks, which are difficult to foresee, we cannot guarantee that we will always be able to complete them. Any failure to meet our customers’ expectations could harm our reputation and ability to generate new business. On a few occasions, we have encountered scientific limitations and been unable to complete a project. In each of these cases, we have been able to successfully renegotiate the terms of the project with the particular customer. We cannot assure you that we will be able to renegotiate our customer agreements if such circumstances occur in the future. Moreover, even if we complete a project, we may not meet our customers’ expectations regarding the quality of our products and services or the timeliness of our services.

 

Our future success depends on our ability to continue to retain and attract qualified employees.

 

We believe that our future success depends upon our ability to continue to train, retain, effectively manage and attract highly skilled technical, scientific, managerial, sales and marketing personnel. We currently have limited personnel and other resources to staff and complete consulting and software deployment projects. In addition, as we grow our business, we expect an increase in the number of complex projects and large deployments of our products and services, which require a significant amount of personnel for extended periods of time. In particular, there is a limited supply of modeling and simulation personnel worldwide, and competition for these personnel from numerous companies and academic institutions may limit our ability to hire these persons on commercially reasonable terms. From time to time, we experience difficulties in locating enough highly qualified candidates in desired geographic locations, or with required scientific or industry-specific expertise. Staffing projects and deploying our products and services will become more difficult as our operations and customers become more geographically diverse. If we are not able to adequately staff and complete our projects, we may lose customers and our reputation may be harmed. Any difficulties we may have in completing customer projects may impair our ability to grow our business.

 

32


Table of Contents

If we lose key members of our management, scientific or development staff, or our scientific advisors, our reputation may be harmed and we may lose business.

 

We are highly dependent on the principal members of our management, scientific and development staff. Our reputation is also based in part on our association with key scientific advisors. The loss of any of these personnel might adversely impact our reputation in the market and harm our business. Failure to attract and retain key management, scientific and technical personnel could prevent us from achieving our strategy and developing our products and services. In addition, our management team has experienced significant personnel changes over the past years and may continue to experience changes in the future. If our management team continues to experience attrition, high turnover, or does not work effectively together, it could harm our business. Additionally, we do not currently hold key-man life insurance policies on our CEO, CFO or other key contributors. The demise of any of these individuals could adversely impact our business.

 

Our business depends on our intellectual property rights, and if we are unable to adequately protect them, our competitive position will suffer.

 

Our intellectual property is important to our competitive position. We protect our proprietary information and technology through a combination of patent, trademark, trade secret and copyright law, confidentiality agreements and technical measures. We have filed nine patent applications, of which two patents have issued. We cannot assure you that the steps we have taken will prevent misappropriation of our proprietary information and technology, nor can we guarantee that we will be successful in obtaining any patents or that the rights granted under such patents will provide a competitive advantage. Misappropriation of our intellectual property could harm our competitive position. We may also need to engage in litigation in the future to enforce or protect our intellectual property rights or to defend against claims of invalidity, and we may incur substantial costs as a result. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries provide less protection of intellectual property rights than the laws of the United States and Europe. As a result, we may have an increasingly difficult time adequately protecting our intellectual property rights as our sales in foreign countries grow.

 

If we become subject to infringement claims by third parties, we could incur unanticipated expense and be prevented from providing our products and services.

 

We cannot assure you that infringement claims by third parties will not be asserted against us or, if asserted, will be unsuccessful. These claims, whether or not meritorious, could be expensive and divert management resources from operating our company. Furthermore, a party making a claim against us could secure a judgment awarding substantial damages, as well as injunctive or other equitable relief that could block our ability to provide products or services, unless we obtain a license to such technology. In addition, we cannot assure you that licenses for any intellectual property of third parties that might be required for our products or services will be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

 

International sales of our product account for a significant portion of our revenue, which exposes us to risks inherent in international operations.

 

We market and sell our products and services in the United States and internationally. International sales of our products and services as a percentage of our total revenues for fiscal 2004, 2003, and 2002 were approximately 29%, 23% and 36%, respectively. We have a total of 9 employees based outside the United States who deploy our software, perform consulting services and perform research in Europe and Australia. We cannot be certain that we have fully complied with all rules and regulations in every applicable jurisdiction outside of the United States with respect to our current and previous operations outside of the United States. The failure to comply with such rules and regulations could result in penalties, monetary or otherwise, against us. Our existing marketing efforts into international markets may require significant management attention and financial resources. We cannot be certain that our existing international operations will produce desired levels of revenue. We currently have limited experience in developing localized versions of our products and services and

 

33


Table of Contents

marketing and distributing our products internationally. Our international operations also expose us to the following general risks associated with international operations:

 

  Disruptions to commercial activities or damage to our facilities as a result of political unrest, war, terrorism, labor strikes and work stoppages;

 

  Difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

  The impact of recessions in economies outside the United States;

 

  Greater difficulty in accounts receivable collection and longer collection periods;

 

  Reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

 

  Potential adverse tax consequences, including higher tax rates generally in Europe;

 

  Tariffs, duties, price controls or other restrictions on foreign currencies or trade barriers imposed by foreign countries;

 

  Unexpected changes in regulatory requirements of foreign countries, especially those with respect to software, pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies; and

 

  Fluctuations in the value of currencies.

 

To the extent that such disruptions and costs interfere with our commercial activities, our results of operations could be harmed.

 

Changes in government regulation could decrease the need for the products and services we provide.

 

Governmental agencies throughout the world, but particularly in the United States, highly regulate the drug development and approval process. A large part of our software and services business involves helping pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies through the regulatory drug approval process. Any relaxation in regulatory approval standards could eliminate or substantially reduce the need for our services, and, as a result, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. Potential regulatory changes under consideration in the United States and elsewhere include mandatory substitution of generic drugs for patented drugs, relaxation in the scope of regulatory requirements or the introduction of simplified drug approval procedures. These and other changes in regulation could have an impact on the business opportunities available to us.

 

Risks Related To Our Industry

 

Our market may not develop as quickly as expected, and companies may enter our market, thereby increasing the amount of competition and impairing our business prospects.

 

Because our products and services are new and still evolving, there is significant uncertainty and risk as to the demand for, and market acceptance of, these products and services. As a result, we are not able to predict the size and growth rate of our market with any certainty. In addition, other companies, including potential strategic partners, may enter our market. Our existing customers may also elect to terminate our services and internally develop products and services similar to ours. If our market fails to develop, grows more slowly than expected, or becomes saturated with competitors, our business prospects will be impaired.

 

Government regulation of the pharmaceutical industry may restrict our operations or the operations of our customers and, therefore, adversely affect our business.

 

The pharmaceutical industry is regulated by a number of federal, state, local and international governmental entities. Although our products and services are not directly regulated by the United States Food and Drug Administration or comparable international agencies, the use of some of our analytical software products by our

 

34


Table of Contents

customers may be regulated. We currently provide assistance to our customers in achieving compliance with these regulations. The regulatory agencies could enact new regulations or amend existing regulations with regard to these or other products that could restrict the use of our products or the business of our customers, which could harm our business.

 

Consolidation in the pharmaceutical industry could cause disruptions of our customer relationships, interfere with our ability to enter into new customer relationships and have a negative impact on our revenues

 

In recent years, the worldwide pharmaceutical industry has undergone substantial consolidation. If any of our customers consolidate with another business, they may delay or cancel projects, lay off personnel or reduce spending, any of which could cause our revenues to decrease. In addition, our ability to complete sales or implementation cycles may be impaired as these organizations undergo internal restructuring.

 

Reductions in the IT and/or research and development budgets of our customers may impact our sales.

 

Our customers include researchers at pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions and government and private laboratories. Fluctuations in the IT and research and development budgets of these researchers and their organizations could have a significant effect on the demand for our products. Research and development and IT budgets fluctuate due to changes in available resources, spending priorities, internal budgetary policies and the availability of grants from government agencies. Our business could be harmed by any significant decrease in research and development or IT expenditures by pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions or government and private laboratories.

 

Risks Related to Our Stock

 

Our common stock only trades on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board system, and has experienced reduced trading volumes and stock price since it began to be traded there.

 

On November 8, 2002 our stock was removed from trading on the Nasdaq National Market as a result of failure to meet the continuing listing requirements, and our common stock is now quoted on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board system. Our common stock does not experience large trading volumes. In addition, our delisting from the Nasdaq National Market has caused the loss of our exemption from the provisions of Section 2115 of the California Corporations Code that imposes particular aspects of California corporate law on certain non-California corporations operating within California. As a result, (i) our Board of Directors is no longer classified and our stockholders elect all of our directors at each annual meeting, (ii) our stockholders are entitled to cumulative voting, and (iii) we are subject to more stringent stockholder approval requirements and more stockholder-favorable dissenters’ rights in connection with certain strategic transactions. Some of these changes may impact any possible transaction involving a change of control of Pharsight, which could negatively impact your investment. Other consequences include a reduction in analyst coverage, a lower share price as a result of lower trading volumes, and the loss of certain state securities law exemptions available to us while our securities were traded on the Nasdaq National Market, which may impact our ability to provide for future issuances of our securities, among other consequences.

 

Should we decide to relist our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market, the criteria for relistment may be difficult for us to achieve.

 

The market price of our common stock has been lower than the required minimum bid price for relistment on Nasdaq, and the reduced trading volumes that we currently experience may prevent our stock from reaching the required minimum bid price for Nasdaq relistment. Additionally, our current stockholder’s equity balance and our history of net losses may make it difficult for us to relist on Nasdaq at any point in the near future, if at all. We may be required to restructure our capital or debt structure, including our redeemable convertible preferred stock, in order to relist on Nasdaq. There is no guarantee that we would be able to effect such restructuring under terms as favorable as our current equity and debt, if at all.

 

35


Table of Contents

The public market for our common stock may be volatile.

 

The market price of our common stock has been, and we expect it to continue to be, highly volatile and to fluctuate significantly in response to various factors, including:

 

  Actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly operating results or those of our competitors;

 

  Announcements of technological innovations or new services or products by us or our competitors;

 

  Timeliness of our introductions of new products;

 

  Changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;

 

  Changes in management; and

 

  Changes in the conditions and trends in the pharmaceutical market.

 

For instance, during fiscal 2004 the price of our common stock closed as low as $0.06 and as high as $2.50 per share. We have experienced very low trading volume in our stock, and thus small purchases and sales can have a significant effect on our stock price. In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations, particularly in the past year, that have affected the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies. These fluctuations have often been unrelated or disproportionate to operating performance. These broad market factors may materially affect the trading price of our common stock. General economic, political and market conditions, such as recessions and interest rate fluctuations, may also have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

 

Insiders continue to hold a majority of our stock, which may negatively affect your investment.

 

Entities affiliated with three of our directors beneficially own or control a majority of the outstanding common stock, calculated on an as-if-converted basis, as of March 31, 2004. If these parties choose to act or vote together, they will have the power to control all matters requiring the approval of our stockholders, including the election of directors and the approval of significant corporate transactions. This ability may have the effect of delaying or otherwise influencing a possible change in control transaction, which may or may not be favored by our other stockholders. In addition, without the consent of these parties, we would likely be prevented from entering into transactions that could result in our stockholders receiving a premium for their stock.

 

Our preferred stockholders may elect to receive their dividend payments in the form of shares instead of cash, which may negatively impact our profitability.

 

Our preferred stockholders have elected in the past, and may continue to elect, to receive their quarterly dividend payments in the form of Series B Preferred shares instead of cash. We record the value of these dividend payments in the form of shares at fair market value as of the dividend payment date on our statement of operations. The fair market value is defined as the amount at which the capital stock would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, each having reasonable knowledge of all relevant facts, neither being under any compulsion to act, with equity to both. Because there is no market for such Series B Preferred shares, we perform a valuation of the fair market value of these shares. This valuation is impacted by numerous factors, including but not limited to our operations, financial conditions, future prospects and projected operations and performance of the company, as well as historical market prices and trading volume for our publicly traded securities. As such, the valuation of these dividend payments may fluctuate widely, may be greater or lesser than the stated value of the Series B Preferred shares, and may impact our ability to sustain or increase our profitability. We are unable to project with any accuracy the impact of fair market value of the Series B Preferred shares on our statement of operations.

 

36


Table of Contents

ITEM 7A. QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKS

 

We have considered the provisions of Financial Reporting Release No. 48, “Disclosure of Accounting Policies for Derivative Financial Instruments and Derivative Commodity Instruments, and Disclosure of Quantitative and Qualitative Information about Market Risk Inherent In Derivative Financial Instruments, Other Financial Instruments and Derivative Commodity Instruments.” We have no holdings of derivative financial or commodity-based instruments at March 31, 2004.

 

A review of our other financial instruments and risk exposures at that date revealed that we have exposure to interest rate and foreign currency exchange rate risks. At March 31, 2004, we performed sensitivity analyses to assess the potential effect of these risks and concluded that near-term changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates would not materially affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

We have operated primarily in the United States and all funding activities and sales have been denominated in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, we have no material exposure to foreign currency rate fluctuations.

 

Our interest income is sensitive to changes in the general level of United States interest rates. As of March 31, 2004, we did not hold any short-term investments and therefore we believe that there is no material market risk exposure. As of March 31, 2004, our cash and cash equivalents consisted primarily of demand deposits and money market funds.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

Supplementary Data

 

The following tables set forth unaudited quarterly supplementary data for each of the years in the two-year period ended March 31, 2004.

 

     Quarter Ended

 
     June 30

    September 30

    December 31

    March 31

 
     (In thousands, except per share amounts)  

FISCAL 2004

                                

Revenues

   $ 3,727     $ 4,017     $ 4,583     $ 5,403  

Cost of revenues

     1,838       1,714       2,084       2,157  

Gross profit

     1,889       2,303       2,499       3,245  

(Loss) income from operations

     (1,322 )     (496 )     (272 )     354  

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

     (1,624 )     (984 )     (472 )     90  

Net (loss) income per common share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (0.09 )   $ (0.05 )   $ (0.02 )   $ 0.00  

FISCAL 2003

                                

Revenues

   $ 3,455     $ 3,319     $ 3,629     $ 3,565  

Cost of revenues

     1,712       1,476       1,559       1,555  

Gross profit

     1,743       1,843       2,070       2,010  

Loss from operations

     (3,386 )     (2,912 )     (2,954 )     (1,919 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

     (3,471 )     (3,137 )     (3,263 )     (2,292 )

Net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (0.19 )   $ (0.17 )   $ (0.17 )   $ (0.12 )

 

37


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

Pharsight Corporation

    

Management’s Report

   39

Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   40

Balance Sheets

   41

Statements of Operations

   42

Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

   43

Statements of Cash Flows

   45

Notes to Financial Statements

   46

 

38


Table of Contents

Management’s Report

 

Management is responsible for all the information and representations contained in the financial statements and other sections of this Form 10-K. Management believes that the financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and appropriate in the circumstances to reflect in all material respects the substance of events and transactions that should be included, and that other information in this Form 10-K is consistent with those statements. In preparing the financial statements, management makes informed judgments and estimates of the expected effects of events and transactions that are currently being accounted for.

 

In meeting its responsibility for the reliability of the financial statements, management depends on the Company’s system of internal accounting control. This system is designed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded and transactions are executed in accordance with management’s authorization, and are recorded properly to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In designing control procedures, management recognizes that errors or irregularities may nevertheless occur. Also, estimates and judgments are required to assess and balance the relative cost and expected benefits of the controls. Management believes that the Company’s accounting controls provide reasonable assurance that errors or irregularities that could be material to the financial statements are prevented or would be detected within a timely period by employees in the normal course of performing their assigned functions.

 

The Board of Directors pursues its oversight role for these financial statements through the Audit Committee, which is comprised solely of Directors who are not officers or employees of the Company. The Audit Committee meets with management periodically to review their work and to monitor the discharge of each of their responsibilities. The Audit Committee also meets periodically with Ernst & Young LLP, the independent auditors, who have free access to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, without management present, to discuss internal accounting controls, auditing, and financial reporting matters.

 

Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, have audited the Company’s financial statements. Their accompanying report is based on audits conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), which requires a review of the system of internal accounting controls and tests of accounting procedures and records to the extent necessary for the purpose of their audits.

 

/s/    SHAWN M. O’CONNOR        


     

/s/    CYNTHIA STEPHENS        


President and Chief Executive Officer      

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and

Corporate Secretary

 

June 15, 2004

 

39


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Pharsight Corporation

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Pharsight Corporation as of March 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related statements of operations, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2004. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Pharsight Corporation at March 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2004, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

 

/s/    ERNST & YOUNG LLP

 

San Jose, California

April 27, 2004

Except for Note 15, as to which the date is

May 27, 2004

 

40


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     March 31,

 
     2004

    2003

 
ASSETS                 

Current assets:

                

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,027     $ 10,875  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $14 and $94 at
March 31, 2004 and 2003

     3,770       2,111  

Unbilled accounts receivable

     50       192  

Prepaids and other current assets

     670       975  
    


 


Total current assets

     14,517       14,153  

Property and equipment, net

     495       1,177  

Other assets

     282       244  
    


 


Total assets

   $ 15,294     $ 15,574  
    


 


LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT                 

Current liabilities:

                

Accounts payable

   $ 407     $ 635  

Accrued expenses

     522       1,086  

Accrued compensation

     1,589       1,198  

Deferred revenue

     7,987       4,980  

Current portion of notes payable

     1,875       1,875  

Current portion of capital lease obligations

     55       295  
    


 


Total current liabilities

     12,435       10,069  

Deferred revenue, long term portion

     516       —    

Capital lease obligations, less current portion

     —         55  

Notes payable, less current portion

     1,094       1,969  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value:

                

Authorized shares—3,200,000 (2,000,000 designated as Series A and 1,200,000 designated as Series B) at March 31, 2004 and March 31, 2003

                

Issued and outstanding shares—1,850,943 and 1,814,662 at March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively (1,814,662 designated as Series A and 36,281 designated as Series B at March 31, 2004; all designated as Series A at March 31, 2003)

     6,164       5,608  

Aggregate redemption and liquidation value—$7,419

                

Commitments and contingencies

                

Stockholders’ deficit:

                

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value:

                

Authorized shares—1,800,000 at March 31, 2004 and 2003

                

Issued and outstanding shares—none at March 31, 2004 and 2003

                

Common stock, $0.001 par value:

                

Authorized shares—120,000,000 at March 31, 2004 and 2003

                

Issued and outstanding shares—19,058,453 and 19,053,057 at March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively

     19       19  

Additional paid-in capital

     74,784       75,927  

Deferred stock compensation

     —         (352 )

Accumulated deficit

     (79,718 )     (77,721 )
    


 


Total stockholders’ deficit

     (4,915 )     (2,127 )
    


 


Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 15,294     $ 15,574  
    


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

41


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Years Ended March 31,

 
     2004

    2003

    2002

 

Revenues:

                        

License and renewal

   $ 8,145     $ 6,144     $ 4,971  

Services

     9,585       7,824       9,278  
    


 


 


Total revenues

     17,730       13,968       14,249  

Costs and expenses:

                        

License and renewal

     759       629       2,009  

Services

     7,034       5,673       6,266  

Research and development

     2,899       3,934       6,596  

Sales and marketing

     3,986       6,738       8,626  

General and administrative

     4,590       6,287       5,877  

Amortization of deferred stock compensation (1)

     198       1,322       2,993  

Amortization and impairment of intangible assets and goodwill

     —         —         370  

Restructuring costs

     —         556       676  
    


 


 


Total costs and expenses

     19,466       25,139       33,413  
    


 


 


Loss from operations

     (1,736 )     (11,171 )     (19,164 )

Other income (expense):

                        

Interest expense

     (202 )     (335 )     (238 )

Interest income

     38       108       495  

Provision for income taxes

     (81 )     (82 )     —    

Other expense

     (16 )     (62 )     (45 )
    


 


 


Total other income (expense)

     (261 )     (371 )     212  
    


 


 


Net loss

     (1,997 )     (11,542 )     (18,952 )

Preferred stock dividends

     (654 )     (375 )     —    

Deemed dividend to preferred stockholders

     (339 )     (246 )     —    
    


 


 


Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (2,990 )   $ (12,163 )   $ (18,952 )
    


 


 


Basic and diluted net loss per share applicable to common stockholders

   $ (0.16 )   $ (0.65 )   $ (1.03 )
    


 


 


Shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share applicable to common stockholders

     19,051       18,800       18,419  
    


 


 



(1) The following table shows the amount of amortization of deferred stock compensation excluded from certain costs and expenses in the Statements of Operations:

 

     Years Ended March 31,

     2004

   2003

   2002

License and renewal

   $ 21    $ 84    $ 192

Services

     3      11      226

Research and development

     95      80      291

Sales and marketing

     68      287      684

General and administrative

     11      860      1,600
    

  

  

Total

   $ 198    $ 1,322    $ 2,993
    

  

  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

42


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(In thousands)

 

    Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock


  Common Stock

  Additional
Paid-In
Capital


    Deferred
Stock
Compensation


    Accumulated
Other
Compre-
hensive
Income (Loss)


    Notes
Receivable
from
Stockholders


   

Accumu-

lated
Deficit


    Total

 
    Shares

  Amount

  Shares

  Amount

           

Balance at March 31, 2001

  —     $ —     18,382   $ 18   $ 74,770     $ (5,197 )   $ 8     $ (143 )   $ (47,227 )   $ 22,229  

Issuance of common stock under employee benefit plans, net of repurchases

  —       —     377     1     320       —         —         —         —         321  

Interest on notes receivable from stockholders

  —       —     —       —       —         —         —         (8 )     —         (8 )

Write off of notes receivable from stockholders

  —       —     —       —       —         —         —         55       —         55  

Amortization of deferred stock compensation

  —       —     —       —       —         2,993       —         —         —         2,993  

Reversal of deferred stock compensation for terminated employees

  —       —     —       —       (505 )     505       —         —         —         —    

Issuance of restricted common stock to officer as a bonus

  —       —     —       —       114       (114 )     —         —         —         —    

Acceleration of option vesting

  —       —     —       —       35       —         —         —         —         35  

Issuance of common stock to officer

  —       —     —       —       20       —         —         —         —         20  

Comprehensive loss:

                                                                   

Unrealized income on short-term investments

  —       —     —       —       —         —         (9 )     —         —         (9 )

Net loss

  —       —     —       —       —         —         —         —         (18,952 )     (18,952 )
                                                               


Total comprehensive loss

                                                                (18,961 )
   
 

 
 

 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance at March 31, 2002

  —       —     18,759     19     74,754       (1,813 )     (1 )     (96 )     (66,179 )     6,684  

Issuance of common stock under employee benefit plans, net of repurchases

  —       —     131     —       55       —         —         —         —         55  

Issuance of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $268, and discount of $1,870

  1,815     5,362   —       —       1,870       —         —         —         —         1,870  

Deemed dividend to Series A redeemable convertible preferred stockholders

  —       246   —       —       (246 )     —         —         —         —         (246 )

Accrued dividends on Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock

  —       —     —       —       (375 )     —         —         —         —         (375 )

Amortization of deferred stock compensation

  —       —     —       —       —         1,322       —         —         —         1,322  

Reversal of deferred stock compensation for terminated employees

  —       —     —       —       (139 )     139       —         —         —         —    

Issuance of options in consideration for service

  —       —     —       —       8       —         —         —         —         8  

Issuance of common stock to officer

  —       —     163     —       —         —         —         —         —         —    

Repayment of stockholder note receivable

  —       —     —       —       —         —         —         96       —         96  

Comprehensive loss:

                                                                   

Unrealized income on short-term investments

  —       —     —       —       —         —         1       —         —         1  

Net loss

  —       —     —       —       —         —         —         —         (11,542 )     (11,542 )
                                                               


Total comprehensive loss

                                                                (11,541 )
   
 

 
 

 


 


 


 


 


 


Balance at March 31, 2003

  1,815   $ 5,608   19,053   $ 19   $ 75,927     $ (352 )     —         —       $ (77,721 )   $ (2,127 )
   
 

 
 

 


 


 


 


 


 


 

43


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) (Continued)

(In thousands)

 

     Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock


   Common Stock

   Additional
Paid-In
Capital


    Deferred
Stock
Compensation


    Accumulated
Other
Compre-
hensive
Income (Loss)


   Notes
Receivable
from
Stockholders


  

Accumu-

lated
Deficit


    Total

 
     Shares

   Amount

   Shares

   Amount

              

Balance at March 31, 2003

   1,815    $ 5,608    19,053    $ 19    $ 75,927     $ (352 )   —      —      $ (77,721 )   $ (2,127 )

Issuance of common stock under employee benefit plans, net of repurchases

   —        —      5      —        4       —       —      —        —         4  

Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock

   36      217    —        —        (217 )     —       —      —        —         (217 )

Deemed dividend to Series A redeemable convertible preferred stockholders

   —        339    —        —        (339 )     —       —      —        —         (339 )

Accrued dividends on Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock

   —        —      —        —        (437 )     —       —      —        —         (437 )

Amortization of deferred stock compensation

   —        —      —        —        —         198     —      —        —         198  

Reversal of deferred stock compensation upon cancellation of unvested options

   —        —      —        —        (154 )     154     —      —        —         —    

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   —        —      —        —        —         —       —      —        (1,997 )     (1,997 )
    
  

  
  

  


 


 
  
  


 


Balance at March 31, 2004

   1,851    $ 6,164    19,058    $ 19    $ 74,784       —       —      —      $ (79,718 )   $ (4,915 )
    
  

  
  

  


 


 
  
  


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

44


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Years Ended March 31,

 
     2004

    2003

    2002

 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

                        

Net loss

   $ (1,997 )   $ (11,542 )   $ (18,952 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                        

Amortization of deferred stock compensation

     198       1,322       2,993  

Depreciation and amortization

     919       1,737       1,572  

Amortization of intangible assets

     —         —         370  

Restructuring charges

     —         10       81  

Issuance of options in consideration for services

     —         8       20  

Compensation expenses related to accelerated vesting of options

     —         —         35  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                        

Accounts receivable, net

     (1,659 )     518       272  

Unbilled accounts receivable

     142       (32 )     (58 )

Prepaids and other assets

     305       (45 )     18  

Other assets

     (38 )     (359 )     398  

Accounts payable

     (228 )     (29 )     123  

Accrued expenses

     (564 )     (817 )     971  

Accrued compensation

     391       (632 )     504  

Deferred revenue

     3,523       1,568       1,161  

Accrued interest and other

     —         —         47  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     992       (8,293 )     (10,445 )

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

                        

Purchases of property and equipment

     (237 )     (216 )     (1,409 )

Purchases of short-term investments

     —         —         (7,501 )

Maturities of short-term investments

     —         2,995       10,457  

Transfer from restricted cash

     —         150       —    
    


 


 


Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (237 )     2,929       1,547  

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

                        

Proceeds from issuance of notes payable

     —         750       4,500  

Principal payments on notes payable

     (875 )     (1,406 )     (75 )

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

     (295 )     (660 )     (614 )

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock

     4       55       321  

Payments made on notes receivable from stockholders

     —         96       —    

Net proceeds from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     —         7,232       —    

Dividends paid to preferred stockholders

     (437 )     (326 )     —    
    


 


 


Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (1,603 )     5,741       4,132  
    


 


 


Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (848 )     377       (4,766 )

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

     10,875       10,498       15,264  
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

   $ 10,027     $ 10,875     $ 10,498  
    


 


 


Supplemental disclosures of non cash activities

                        

Deferred stock compensation

     —         —       $ 114  
    


 


 


Reversal of deferred stock compensation upon cancellation of unvested stock options

   $ 154     $ 139     $ 505  
    


 


 


Discount on redeemable convertible preferred stock

         $ (1,870 )     —    
    


 


 


Amortization of deemed dividend to preferred stockholders

   $ 339     $ 246       —    
    


 


 


Issuance of dividend to preferred stockholders in form of stock

   $ 217       —         —    
    


 


 


Accrued preferred stock dividend

   $ 48     $ 49       —    
    


 


 


Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

                        

Cash paid for interest

   $ 202     $ 329     $ 245  
    


 


 


Cash paid for taxes

   $ 152     $ 36     $ 37  
    


 


 


 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

45


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. Description of Business

 

Pharsight Corporation (“Pharsight” or the “Company”) develops and markets software products and scientific consulting services that help pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies improve the drug development process. Pharsight’s products and services combine proprietary computer-based simulation, statistical and data analysis tools with the sciences of pharmacology, drug and disease modeling, human genetics and biostatistics. Pharsight Corporation was incorporated in California on April 4, 1995 and reincorporated in Delaware in June 2000.

 

Pharsight operates in only one business segment comprised of the development, license and sale of software products and strategic services to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to improve the drug development process. Sales are primarily generated in the United States and Europe through a direct field sales organization.

 

As of March 31, 2004, Pharsight had working capital of $2.1 million and had a stockholders’ deficit of $4.9 million. During 2004, Pharsight generated cash and cash equivalents from operating activities of approximately $1 million. The net decrease in cash from operating, investing and financing activities in 2004 was approximately $0.8 million. Pharsight is committed to the successful execution of its operating plan and will take continued actions as necessary to ensure the Company’s cash resources are sufficient to sustain Pharsight’s working capital requirements at least through fiscal 2005.

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Use of Estimates

 

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. These accounting principles require us to make certain estimates, judgments and assumptions. We believe that the estimates, judgments and assumptions upon which we rely are reasonable based upon information available to us at the time that these estimates, judgments and assumptions are made. These estimates, judgments and assumptions can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. To the extent there are material differences between these estimates, judgments or assumptions and actual results, our financial statements will be affected.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of highly liquid financial instruments consisting primarily of investments in money market funds, commercial paper, corporate notes and obligations issued by or fully collateralized by the U.S. government or federal agencies with insignificant interest rate risk and with original maturities of three months or less at the time of acquisition.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The carrying values of Pharsight’s cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and payable, and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature. The fair values of the capital lease obligations and notes payable are estimated based on current interest rates available to Pharsight for debt instruments with similar terms, degrees of risk, and remaining maturities. The carrying values of these obligations approximate their respective fair values.

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts at an amount estimated to be sufficient to provide adequate protection against losses resulting from collecting less than the full payment on our receivables. We make

 

46


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

judgments as to our ability to collect receivables and provide allowances for the portion of receivables when collection becomes doubtful. Provisions are made, in part, based upon a specific review of all significant outstanding invoices. Beginning in the third quarter of fiscal 2004, a component of the allowance attributable to invoices not specifically reviewed was also recorded based on differing percentage rates based upon the age of the receivable. In determining these percentages, we analyze our historical collection experience and current economic trends.

 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004, based upon a specific review of all of our significant outstanding invoices, an analysis of our historical and anticipated collection experience and by applying provisions at differing rates based upon the age of the receivable, we reduced our allowance for doubtful accounts by $69,000. This change in estimate resulted in a reduction to general and administrative expenses in our statement of operations. If we had not recorded this reduction in our allowance for doubtful accounts, our net income attributable to common stockholders in the fourth quarter would have been $21,000, or $0.00 per share.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of three to five years. Property under capital leases is amortized over the lesser of the useful lives of the assets or the lease term. Amortization expense related to these assets is included in depreciation expense.

 

Internal Use Software

 

Pharsight accounts for internal use software costs, in accordance with Statement of Position No. 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use” (“SOP 98-1”). In accordance with SOP 98-1, Pharsight capitalizes costs to develop software for internal uses when preliminary development efforts are successfully completed and management has authorized and committed project funding and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used as intended. Costs incurred prior to meeting these criteria, together with costs incurred for training and maintenance, are expensed. Costs incurred for upgrades and enhancements that are probable to result in additional functionality are also capitalized. All capitalized costs are included in property, plant and equipment and are amortized to expense over their expected useful lives.

 

Income Taxes

 

Pharsight accounts for income taxes under the liability method whereby deferred tax asset or liability account balances are calculated at the balance sheet date using current tax laws and rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Pharsight’s revenues are derived from two primary sources: (1) initial and renewal fees for term-based product licenses, and (2) services related to post-contract support for product licenses, scientific and training consulting and software deployment. Additionally, in fiscal 2003 Pharsight had an insignificant amount of revenue from subscriptions related to our information products.

 

Pharsight’s revenue recognition policy is in accordance with Statement of Position No. 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition,” (or “SOP 97-2”) as amended by Statement of Position No. 98-4, “Deferral of the

 

47


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Effective Date of SOP 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition,” (or “SOP 98-4”), and Statement of Position No. 98-9, “Modification of SOP No. 97-2 with Respect to Certain Transactions,” (or “SOP 98-9”). For each arrangement, Pharsight determines whether evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, collection of the receivable is reasonably assured, and no significant post-delivery obligations remain unfulfilled. If any of these criteria are not met, we defer revenue recognition until such time as all of the criteria are met. We do not currently offer, have not offered in the past, and do not expect to offer in the future, extended payment term arrangements. If we do not consider collectibility to be probable, we defer recognition of revenue until the fee is collected.

 

Pharsight enters into arrangements comprised solely of license and renewal fees for one-year software licenses (initial and renewal fees) bundled with post contract support services, or PCS. We do not have vendor specific objective evidence of fair value to allocate the fee to the separate elements, as we do not sell PCS separately for our term-based licenses. We, therefore, do not present PCS revenue separately, and we do not believe other allocation methodologies, namely allocation based on relative costs, provide a meaningful and supportable allocation between license and PCS revenues. We recognize each of the initial and renewal license fees ratably over the one-year period of the license during which the PCS is expected to be provided as required by paragraph 12 of SOP 97-2.

 

Pharsight also enters into arrangements consisting solely of services. Under these arrangements, revenue is recognized as the services are performed. Fees for services may be charged at daily rates for different levels of consultants plus out-of-pocket expenses, or may be charged as a fixed fee. For fixed fee contracts with payments based on milestones or acceptance criteria, we recognize revenue as such milestones are achieved, or upon acceptance, which approximates the level of services provided. For fixed fee arrangements, we recognize revenue based on the lower of (1) an estimation of the percentage of completion utilizing hours incurred to date as a percentage of total estimated hours to complete the project, (2) hours incurred to date multiplied by our contracted per diem rates, or (3) hours incurred to date subsequent to the last fully-completed milestone, multiplied by our contracted per diem rates, not to exceed the total revenue to be earned upon achievement of such completed milestone. If we do not have a sufficient basis to measure progress toward completion, revenue is recognized when we receive final acceptance from the customer. When total cost estimates exceed revenues, we accrue for the estimated losses immediately based upon an average fully burdened daily rate applicable to the services organization delivering the services.

 

Pharsight also enters into arrangements consisting of one-year licenses (bundled with PCS), renewal fees and scientific consulting services. The scientific consulting services meet the criteria of paragraph 65 of SOP 97-2 for separate accounting, in that they are not essential to the functionality of the delivered software, are described separately in the arrangement and are sold separately. As the only undelivered elements in these arrangements are services and PCS, and the PCS term (expressed or implied) and the period over which Pharsight expects the services to be performed are the same period, Pharsight recognizes revenue based on the lesser of actual services performed and licenses delivered, or straight line over the period of the agreement. If the PCS term and the period over which Pharsight expects the services to be performed are not the same period, Pharsight recognizes revenue based on the lesser of actual services performed and licenses delivered, or straight line over the longer of the PCS term or the period over which Pharsight expects the services to be performed. Vendor specific objective evidence of fair value of scientific services for purposes of revenue recognition in these multiple element arrangements is based on daily rates for different levels of consultants plus out-of-pocket expenses.

 

Pharsight also enters into arrangements that consist of perpetual or term-based licenses, PCS and implementation/installation services. For arrangements involving a significant amount of services related to installation and implementation of our software products, we recognize revenue for the entire arrangement

 

48


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

ratably over the remaining period of the PCS term once the services are completed and accepted by the customer. We currently do not have vendor specific objective evidence for PCS for our perpetual software licenses.

 

We have one international distributor. There is no right of return or price protection for sales to the international distributor. Revenue on sales to this distributor is recognized when the software is delivered to the distributor and the other revenue recognition criteria are met. Revenue from this distributor in fiscal 2004 was less than 3% of our total revenues. Revenues from this distributor for fiscal 2003 and 2002 were less than 2% and 1% of total revenues, respectively.

 

Deferred Revenue

 

Deferred revenue is comprised of license fees (initial and renewal), which are recognized ratably over the one-year period of the license. In addition, deferred revenue includes services and training revenue, which will be recognized as services are performed. Deferred revenue also includes license and service fees for arrangements that include significant implementation services, which have not yet been completed. Long term deferred revenue represents amounts received for maintenance and support services to be provided beginning in periods on or after April 1, 2005. Additionally, long- term deferred revenue represents amounts received for software products that are under development or contain other undelivered elements, for which we do not anticipate delivery prior to April 1, 2005.

 

The principal components of deferred revenue at March 31, 2004 and 2003 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     2004

   2003

License fees

   $ 4,724    $ 2,306

Renewals

     2,892      1,987

Training

     41      16

Services

     846      671
    

  

Total deferred revenue

   $ 8,503    $ 4,980
    

  

Short term deferred revenue

   $ 7,987    $ 4,980

Long term deferred revenue

     516      —  
    

  

Total deferred revenue

   $ 8,503    $ 4,980
    

  

 

Shipping Costs

 

The Company’s shipping and handling costs are included under cost of license and renewal for all periods presented.

 

Research and Development

 

Pharsight capitalizes eligible computer software costs as products achieve technological feasibility, subject to net realizable value considerations. Pharsight has defined technological feasibility as completion of a working model. As of March 31, 2004 and 2003, such internal capitalizable costs were insignificant. Accordingly, Pharsight has charged all such internal costs to research and development expenses in the accompanying statements of operations.

 

Advertising

 

Pharsight expenses the cost of advertising as incurred. These costs were insignificant in all periods presented.

 

49


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Net Loss per Share

 

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net income or loss attributable to common stockholders for the period by the weighted-average number of shares of vested common stock (i.e. not subject to a right of repurchase) outstanding during the period.

 

Diluted earnings per share are computed by dividing net income or loss attributable to common stockholders for the period by the weighted-average number of shares of vested common stock outstanding and, where dilutive, weighted average number of shares of unvested common stock outstanding. Diluted earnings per common share also gives effect, as applicable, to the potential dilutive effect of outstanding stock options and warrants to purchase common stock using the treasury stock method, and convertible preferred stock using the as-if-converted basis, as of the beginning of the period presented or the original issuance date, if later.

 

All potential common equivalent shares including preferred stock (on an as-if-converted basis), have been excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for all periods presented as the effect of including such shares would be antidilutive due to the net loss recorded in each period presented.

 

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share data):

 

     Years Ended March 31,

 
     2004

    2003

    2002

 

Net loss

   $ (1,997 )   $ (11,542 )   $ (18,952 )

Preferred stock dividend

     (654 )     (375 )     —    

Deemed dividend to preferred stockholders

     (339 )     (246 )     —    
    


 


 


Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (2,990 )   $ (12,163 )   $ (18,952 )
    


 


 


Basic and diluted:

                        

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     19,054       18,843       18,559  

Less weighted average common shares subject to repurchase

     (3 )     (43 )     (140 )
    


 


 


Shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

     19,051       18,800       18,419  
    


 


 


Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

   $ (0.16 )   $ (0.65 )   $ (1.03 )
    


 


 


 

The number of potential common shares excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share applicable to common stockholders at March 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 is detailed in the following table (in thousands):

 

     March 31,

     2004

   2003

   2002

Outstanding options

   3,531    3,113    4,452

Warrants

   2,091    2,091    276

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

   7,404    7,259    —  
    
  
  
     13,026    12,463    4,728
    
  
  

 

50


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

We generally grant stock options to our employees for a fixed number of shares with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant. As permitted under the Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“FAS 123”) and Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and Disclosure” (“FAS 148”), we have elected to follow the intrinsic value method of accounting as defined by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”) and related interpretations in accounting for stock awards to employees. Accordingly, no compensation expense is recognized in our financial statements in connection with employee stock awards where the exercise price of the award is equal to the fair market value of the stock at the date of the award. When stock options are granted with an exercise price that is lower than the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant, the difference is recorded as deferred compensation and amortized to expense on a graded basis over the vesting term of the stock options.

 

As required by FAS 148, the following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if we had accounted for our stock option and stock purchase plans under the fair value method of accounting (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Years Ended March 31,

 
     2004

    2003

    2002

 

Net loss applicable to common stockholders, as reported

   $ (2,990 )   $ (12,163 )   $ (18,952 )

Add back:

                        

Stock-based employee compensation included in reported net loss

     198       1,322       2,993  

Less:

                        

Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value method for all awards

     (755 )     (2,305 )     (2,305 )
    


 


 


Pro forma net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (3,547 )   $ (13,146 )   $ (18,264 )
    


 


 


Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, as reported

   $ (0.16 )   $ (0.65 )   $ (1.03 )
    


 


 


Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

   $ (0.19 )   $ (0.70 )   $ (0.98 )
    


 


 


 

We estimate the fair value of our options using the Black-Scholes option value model, which was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. Option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility. Our employee stock options have characteristics significantly different than those of traded options, and changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimates. In management’s opinion, therefore, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of our employee stock options. The fair value of options granted and the option component of the employee purchase plan shares were estimated at the date of grant, assuming no expected dividends, and with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

    

ESPP

Years Ended March 31,


   

Options

Years Ended March 31,


 
     2004

    2003

    2002

    2004

    2003

    2002

 

Expected life (years)

   .49     .50     .50     3.77     3.74     3.9  

Expected stock price volatility

   200.0 %   307.0 %   127.0 %   210.8 %   198.0 %   127.0 %

Risk-free interest rate

   1.00 %   1.64 %   2.80 %   1.82 %   2.58 %   3.94 %

 

51


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In conjunction with the transfer of our securities from the Nasdaq National Market to the Over-The-Counter Bulletin Board system and in accordance with the terms of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, we suspended new offerings under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan from January 2003 until February 2004, at which time the shares could be issued pursuant to a permit under applicable state laws.

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income” (“SFAS 130”), requires Pharsight to display comprehensive income (loss) and its components as part of the financial statements. Comprehensive income (loss) includes certain changes in equity that are excluded from net income (loss). Pharsight’s comprehensive loss consists of net loss adjusted for the effect of unrealized holding gains or losses on available-for-sale securities.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement No. 141, Business Combinations, and Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Statement No. 141 requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001. Statement No. 142 requires that goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized, but instead an entity must perform an assessment of whether these assets are impaired as of the date of adoption and test for impairment at least annually in accordance with the provisions of Statement No. 142. The standards also require that intangible assets with definite useful lives be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values, and reviewed annually for impairment. The Company adopted the provisions of Statement No. 141 on July 1, 2001 and Statement No. 142 on April 1, 2002. The adoption of Statement No. 141 or 142 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

 

The following tables present net loss and loss per share applicable to common stockholders as reported and adjusted to exclude the amortization of goodwill and assembled workforce as if these items had not been amortized (in thousands except per share data):

 

     Years Ended March 31,

 
     2004

    2003

    2002

 
     Net Loss

    Loss per
Share


    Net Loss

    Loss per
Share


    Net Loss

    Loss per
Share


 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (2,990 )   $ (0.16 )   $ (12,163 )   $ (0.65 )   $ (18,952 )   $ (1.03 )

Add back goodwill and assembled workforce amortization

     —         —         —         —         222       0.01  
    


 


 


 


 


 


Adjusted net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (2,990 )   $ (0.16 )   $ (12,163 )   $ (0.65 )   $ (18,730 )   $ (1.02 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In November 2002, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a consensus on Issue No. 00-21 (“EITF 00-21”), “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” EITF 00-21 addresses certain aspects of the accounting by a vendor for arrangements under which it will perform or deliver multiple revenue-generating activities, including products, services and/or rights to use assets. Specifically, EITF 00-21 provides a model to be used to determine (a) how the arrangement consideration should be measured, (b) whether the arrangement should be divided into separate units of accounting, and if so, (c) how the arrangement

 

52


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

consideration should be allocated to the separate units of accounting. The guidance in EITF 00-21 was effective for revenue arrangements entered into beginning July 1, 2003. The adoption of EITF 00-21 did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46”), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,” which was amended by FIN 46R issued in December 2003. This interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements,” addresses consolidation by business enterprises of variable interest entities (“VIEs”) that either: (1) do not have sufficient equity investment at risk to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, or (2) for which the equity investors lack an essential characteristic of a controlling financial interest. This interpretation applies immediately to VIEs created after January 31, 2003. It also applies in the first fiscal year or interim period ending after March 15, 2004 to VIEs created before February 1, 2003 in which an enterprise holds a variable interest. FIN 46 requires disclosure of VIEs in financial statements issued after January 31, 2003, if it is reasonably possible that as of the transition date: (1) the company will be the primary beneficiary of an existing VIE that will require consolidation or, (2) the company will hold a significant variable interest in, or have a significant involvement with, an existing VIE. The adoption of FIN 46R did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued Statement No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity” (“SFAS 150”). SFAS 150 requires that certain financial instruments, which under previous guidance were accounted for as equity, must now be accounted for as liabilities. SFAS 150 requires that an issuer classify certain financial instruments as liabilities, including instruments issued in the form of mandatorily redeemable shares, instruments that, at inception, embody an obligation to repurchase the issuer’s equity shares or is indexed to such an obligation, and instruments that embody an obligation that the issuer must or may settle by using a variable number of its equity securities in certain circumstances. SFAS 150 was effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise was effective beginning July 1, 2003. Pharsight examined the requirements of FAS 150 and determined that no change in presentation of our Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock was required, as the redemption of the stock is at the option of the holder, rather than mandatory (see Note 9).

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

 

3. Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost and consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     March 31,

 
     2004

    2003

 

Furniture and fixtures

   $ 249     $ 647  

Computers and equipment

     5,386       5,286  

Leasehold improvements

     161       188  
    


 


       5,796       6,121  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (5,301 )     (4,944 )
    


 


     $ 495     $ 1,177  
    


 


 

53


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Property and equipment includes assets acquired under capital lease obligations with a cost of $2,068,000 and $2,491,000 at March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and accumulated amortization of $2,035,000 and $2,343,000 at March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

Depreciation expense was $827,000, $1,327,000, and $924,000 for the years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

 

Amortization expense of assets acquired under capital lease obligations was $92,000, $410,000, and $648,000 for the years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

 

4. Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject Pharsight to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, and trade receivables. Pharsight generally invests its excess cash in money market funds, commercial paper, corporate notes and obligations issued by or fully collateralized by the U.S. government or federal agencies. Pharsight places its investments with high-credit quality counterparties and, by policy, limits the amount of credit exposure to any one counterparty.

 

Pharsight sells its products and services primarily to major pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. Pharsight evaluates its customers’ financial condition when necessary and routinely receives a deposit for services contracts at the time of sale. Pharsight generally requires no collateral from its customers. To date, Pharsight has not experienced any significant losses with respect to these balances. For the year ended March 31, 2002, Pharsight wrote-off $1,000 against the allowance for doubtful accounts. For the year ended March 31, 2003, there was no write-off to the allowance for doubtful accounts. For the year ended March 31, 2004, Pharsight wrote off $11,000 against the allowance for doubtful accounts.

 

We receive a substantial majority of our revenue from a limited number of customers. For fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002 sales to our top two customers accounted for 28%, 28% and 29% of total revenue, respectively, and sales to our top five customers in the same periods accounted for 50%, 50% and 49% of total revenue, respectively. One customer accounted for 16%, 18% and 20% of total revenues for the years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. Another customer accounted for 11% and 10% of total revenues for the years ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

Four customers comprised 22%, 20%, 14% and 14% of accounts receivable at March 31, 2004. Two customers comprised 16% and 13% of accounts receivable at March 31, 2003.

 

5. Debt

 

Capital Leases. Pharsight has entered into various noncancelable capital lease agreements for equipment and software through a series of sale-leaseback transactions. Capital lease obligations represent the present value of future rental payments under these leases.

 

Credit Facilities. At March 31, 2004, we had two revolving credit facilities with Silicon Valley Bank, providing for up to $2.0 million in borrowings. These included $1.4 million of secured revolving credit against 80% of eligible domestic accounts receivable and $600,000 of secured revolving credit against 90% of eligible foreign accounts receivable. As of March 31, 2004, $1.0 million of the accounts receivable facility had been utilized and was outstanding, and a remaining secured term loan balance of $2.0 million was outstanding, as compared to $3.8 million in borrowings outstanding at March 31, 2003. The secured term loan principal is payable over forty-eight months, with monthly repayments having commenced in July 2002. The following

 

54


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

financial covenants applied to the extended Silicon Valley Bank loan facilities: remaining months liquidity of at least six months (defined as cash used in operating activities for the most recent quarter multiplied by two); liquidity of at least two times the term loan advance; and cumulative fiscal year-to-date net loss within 20% of our plan, measured monthly. We were in compliance with each of these covenants as of March 31, 2004.

 

In May 2004, we renegotiated, extended and expanded our credit facilities with Silicon Valley Bank. See Note 15. Future minimum payments under our term loan and capital leases at March 31, 2004 are as follows (in thousands):

 

    

Notes

Payable


   

Capital

Leases


 

2005

   $ 2,031     $ 57  

2006

     982        

2007

     245        

2008

            
    


 


Total minimum payments

     3,258       57  

Less amounts representing interest

     (289 )     (2 )
    


 


Present value of minimum payments

     2,969       55  

Less current portion

     (1,875 )     (55 )
    


 


Long-term portion

   $ 1,094     $  
    


 


 

6. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Operating Leases

 

Pharsight leases its office facilities and certain equipment under noncancelable operating leases expiring through 2006. Minimum annual rental commitments at March 31, 2004 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Cash
Commitments


2005

   $ 488

2006

     295
    

Total minimum payments

   $ 783
    

 

Sublease income, excluding sublease income related to a facility under the restructurings, for the years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002, was approximately $309,000 and $939,000, respectively. These amounts have been reflected as a reduction of operating expenses. We had no sublease income in fiscal 2004 .

 

Rent expense, net of sublease income, was $598,000, $1,265,000, and $1,344,000 for the years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

 

Contingencies

 

From time to time and in the ordinary course of business, we may be subject to various claims, charges, and litigation. In the opinion of management, final judgments from such pending claims, charges, and litigation, if any, against us, would not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, result of operations, or cash flows.

 

55


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Guarantees

 

From time to time, we enter into certain types of contracts that contingently require us to indemnify parties against third party claims. These obligations relate to certain agreements with our officers, directors and employees, under which we may be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their employment relationship. Other obligations relate to certain commercial agreements with our customers, under which we may be required to indemnify such parties against liabilities and damages arising out of claims of patent, copyright, trademark or trade secret infringement by our software. The terms of such obligations vary. Generally, a maximum obligation is not explicitly stated. Because the obligated amounts of these types of agreements often are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of the obligations cannot be reasonably estimated. Historically, we have not had to make any payments for these obligations, and no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations on our balance sheets as of March 31, 2004 and 2003.

 

7. Restructuring Charge

 

During the year ended March 31, 2002, we implemented a restructuring program, which was announced in November 2001 (the “November 2001 Restructuring”), to better align operating expenses with anticipated revenues. We recorded a $676,000 restructuring charge, which consisted of $402,000 in facility exit costs, $253,000 in personnel severance costs and $21,000 in other exit costs. The November 2001 Restructuring resulted in the reduction in force across all company functions of approximately 14% of our workforce, or 20 employees. As of March 31, 2002, all 20 employees had been terminated as a result of the program.

 

During the year ended March 31, 2003, we announced that we were taking two additional actions intended to help further reduce operating expenses across all non-core functional areas. These actions were announced and initiated in July 2002 (the “July 2002 Restructuring”) and November 2002 (the “November 2002 Restructuring”). The July 2002 Restructuring included a total reduction of approximately 15% of our workforce, or 18 employees. All 18 employees had been terminated as of March 31, 2003. The November 2002 Restructuring included a total reduction of approximately 20% of our workforce, or 19 employees and the closure of two remote office locations. As of March 31, 2003, all 19 employees had been terminated. In July 2002 and November 2002, we recorded $324,000 and $364,000 in restructuring charges, respectively, representing employee severance costs and facility exit costs. At March 31, 2003, the restructuring accrual was included on the balance sheet in accrued expenses. All actions under the plans were completed as of September 30, 2003 and there are no remaining obligations.

 

The following table depicts the restructuring activity during the year ended March 31, 2004 (in thousands):

 

Category


   Balance at
March 31, 2003


   Cash
Expenditures


    Balance at
March 31, 2004


November 2001 Restructuring

                     

Vacated facilities and operating assets

   $ 16    $ (16 )   $ —  

July 2002 Restructuring

                     

Employment related

     45      (45 )     —  

November 2002 Restructuring

                     

Vacated Facilities

     23      (23 )     —  
    

  


 

Total

   $ 84    $ (84 )   $ —  
    

  


 

 

56


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table depicts the restructuring activity during the year ended March 31, 2003 (in thousands):

 

     Balance at
March 31,
2002


        Expenditures

          Balance at
March 31,
2003


Category


      Additions

   Cash

    Non-Cash

    Adjustments

   

November 2001 Restructuring

                                            

Vacated facilities and operating assets

   $ 243    $ —      $ (169 )   $ —       $ (58 )   $ 16

Other costs

     6      —        —         (2 )     (4 )     —  

July 2002 Restructuring

                                            

Employment related

     —        324      (212 )     —         (67 )     45

November 2002 Restructuring

                                            

Employment related

     —        293      (290 )     —         (3 )     —  

Vacated Facilities

     —        71      (40 )     (8 )     —         23
    

  

  


 


 


 

Total

   $ 249    $ 688    $ (711 )   $ (10 )   $ (132 )   $ 84
    

  

  


 


 


 

 

The following table depicts the restructuring activity during the year ended March 31, 2002 (in thousands):

 

    

Balance at

March 31,

2001


        Expenditures

   

Balance at

March 31,

2002


Category


      Additions

   Cash

    Non-Cash

   

November 2001 Restructuring

                                    

Vacated facilities and operating assets

   $ —      $ 402    $ (78 )   $ (81 )   $ 243

Employee severance

     —        253      (253 )     —         —  

Other costs

     —        21      (15 )     —         6
    

  

  


 


 

Total

   $ —      $ 676    $ (346 )   $ (81 )   $ 249
    

  

  


 


 

 

8. Preferred Stock

 

As of March 31, 2004 Pharsight is authorized to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The Board of Directors designated 2,000,000 shares as Series A preferred stock and 1,200,000 shares as Series B preferred stock. The Board of Directors may determine the rights and preferences of the remaining 1,800,000 shares of preferred stock, subject to limitations provided pursuant to the terms of the Series A and Series B preferred stock.

 

Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Common Stock Warrants

 

On June 26, 2002 and September 11, 2002, we completed a private placement of 1,814,662 units (each a “Unit,” and, collectively, the “Units”) for an aggregate purchase price of $7.5 million to certain investors. The sale and issuance of the Units were made pursuant to a Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) and closed in two phases. The first phase was completed on June 26, 2002, pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 761,920 Units for an aggregate purchase price of $3.15 million. The second phase was completed on September 11, 2002, pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 1,052,742 Units for an aggregate purchase price of $4.35 million. Each Unit consists of one share of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock (the “Series A Preferred”) and a warrant to purchase one share of common stock (each a “Warrant,” and, collectively, the “Warrants”).

 

Dividends

 

The holders of the Series A Preferred are entitled to receive cumulative dividends in preference to any dividend on the common stock, payable quarterly at the rate of 8% per annum, either in cash or in shares of

 

57


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock (the “Series B Preferred” and, together with the Series A Preferred, the “Preferred Stock”) at the election of the holder. The Series B Preferred has identical rights, preferences and privileges as the Series A Preferred, except that the Series B Preferred is not entitled to the dividend payment right. During fiscal 2004, at the election of the Series A holders, we issued a stock dividend in the form of 36,281 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to the Series A holders.

 

Conversion

 

The holders of the Preferred Stock have the right to convert the Preferred Stock at any time into shares of common stock. The initial conversion rate is four to one, subject to proportional adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like.

 

The Preferred Stock shall be automatically converted into common stock, at the then applicable conversion price, (i) in the event that the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding Preferred Stock consent to such conversion or (ii) upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of Pharsight for a public offering price of at least $3.006 per share and with gross proceeds to us of not less than $40,000,000 (before deduction of underwriters commissions and expenses).

 

Liquidation Preference

 

In the event of any liquidation or winding up of Pharsight, the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of the common stock a per share amount equal to the greater of (a) the original issue price, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends or (b) the amount that such shares would receive if converted to common stock immediately prior thereto (the “Liquidation Preference”). After the payment of the Liquidation Preference to the holders of the Preferred Stock, the remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the common stock. A merger, acquisition, sale of voting control of Pharsight in which our stockholders do not own a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation, or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, shall be deemed to be a liquidation.

 

Voting Rights

 

The holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the common stock. Each share of Preferred Stock has that number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock then issuable upon conversion of such share of Preferred Stock. In addition, consent of the holders of at least 75% of the then outstanding Preferred Stock shall be required for certain actions, including any action that amends our charter documents so as to adversely affect the Preferred Stock.

 

Redemption

 

At the election of the holders of at least 75% of the Preferred Stock, to the extent that we may legally do so, we shall redeem the outstanding Preferred Stock after the fifth anniversary of the initial issuance of Preferred Stock. Such redemption shall be at a price of $4.008 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends. If the holders of Preferred Stock shall not have elected to have Pharsight redeem the Preferred Stock at or after the fifth anniversary of the date of issuance, we shall have the option to redeem the Preferred Stock on the same terms as the optional redemption by the holders of Preferred Stock.

 

Registration Rights

 

Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, within 55 days following the initial closing, we agreed to use our best efforts to prepare and file a registration statement on Form S-3 (the “Registration Statement”) for the resale of the

 

58


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

shares of common stock issuable to the purchasers upon conversion of the Preferred Stock and exercise of the Warrants (the “Shares”), and to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become effective within 105 days after the initial closing. In addition, in the event that we failed to cause the Registration Statement to be timely filed, timely declared effective, or to be kept effective (other than pursuant to the permissible suspension periods), we were obligated to pay to the holders of Preferred Stock as liquidated damages the amount of 1% per month of the aggregate purchase price for the shares remaining to be sold pursuant to the Registration Statement.

 

The Registration Statement covering the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred, the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants sold pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and other shares of common stock held by such stockholders was declared effective on October 31, 2002. The holders of the Preferred Stock waived the right to receive liquidated damages that resulted from the delayed date of effectiveness through November 30, 2002.

 

We have not filed a Registration Statement covering the shares of Series B preferred stock to be issued as a dividend with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, and therefore, the holders of Preferred Stock accrued additional liquidated damages following November 30, 2002. In February 2003, the holders of the Preferred Stock waived the right to receive the foregoing liquidated damages.

 

In May 2003, the holders of the Preferred Stock waived the requirement that we file a post-effective amendment on Form S-1 in the event that we are no longer eligible to use Form S-3. The holders of Preferred Stock also waived the right to receive liquidated damages as a result of the failure to file a post-effective amendment on Form S-1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to terminate the May 2003 waivers and, as a result, require us to file a post-effective amendment on Form S-1 within thirty (30) days from the our receipt of such waiver termination and to cause such post-effective amendment to become effective within ninety (90) days from receipt of such waiver termination, or otherwise incur liquidated damages under the terms of the Purchase Agreement. On June 10, 2003, the Registration Statement ceased to be available for resale of the shares registered thereunder.

 

Warrants

 

The Warrants are exercisable for a period of five years from the date of issuance at a per share price equal to $1.15, subject to proportional adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like. If not exercised after five years, the right to purchase the common stock will terminate. The Warrants contain a cashless exercise feature. The common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants are entitled to the benefits and subject to the terms of the Registration Rights described above.

 

Summary of Certain Preferred Stock and Warrant Accounting

 

Due to the nature of the redemption features of the Series A Preferred, we have excluded the Series A Preferred from stockholders’ equity in our financial statements.

 

The amount representing the Series A Preferred with total gross proceeds of $7.5 million was discounted by a total of $2.1 million, including $1.3 million representing the value assigned to the Warrants, $585,000 representing the related beneficial conversion feature of the Series A Preferred, and $268,000 representing issuance costs. The amounts allocated in determining the discount were computed on a relative fair value basis. After reducing the proceeds by the value of the Warrants, the remaining proceeds were used to compute a discounted conversion price in accordance with EITF 00-27, “Application of EITF Issue No. 98-5, Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios to

 

59


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Certain Convertible Instruments.” The discounted conversion price for each of the two closings was compared to the fair market value of our common stock on June 26, 2002 (the date of issuance of the Series A Preferred) and September 6, 2002 (the date of the stockholder vote approving the second closing) that resulted in a total beneficial conversion feature of $585,000, which represents the difference between the fair market value of our common stock and the deemed conversion price.

 

The net discounted value for the Series A Preferred of $5.6 million was recorded as a long-term liability as of March 31, 2003 with the corresponding aggregate value of the Warrants and the beneficial conversion feature of $1.9 million ($1.3 million plus $585,000) recorded as additional-paid-in-capital within equity.

 

Deemed dividends were recorded by the Company for the years ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 totaling approximately $339,000 and $246,000, respectively, representing accretion of the discount resulting from the value of the beneficial conversion feature. The aggregate deemed dividends recorded were charged against additional-paid-in-capital and included in the calculation of net loss applicable to common stockholders.

 

Dividends on the Preferred Stock, calculated at the rate of 8% per annum, were approximately $654,000 and $375,000 for the years ended March 31, 2004 and 2003. The dividends were charged against additional-paid-in-capital and included in the calculation of net loss applicable to common stockholders.

 

During the three months ended June 30, 2003, we recorded a $96,000 deemed dividend, for a cumulative amount of $342,000 in total deemed dividends for the Series A Preferred. During the three months ended September 30, 2003, we recorded a $243,000 deemed dividend, representing the balance of the $585,000 beneficial conversion feature of the Series A Preferred. The increase in the deemed dividend in the second quarter of fiscal 2004 reflected an adjustment to recognize the remaining amount of the $585,000 beneficial conversion feature. The adjustment for the beneficial conversion feature was initiated by our reevaluation of the various complex rules surrounding the accounting for the Series A Preferred and the related interpretations under EITF 00-27 for redeemable preferred stock. The amounts of deemed dividends related to the beneficial conversion feature that should have been originally recorded were $484,000 and $101,000 for the three months ended June 30, 2002 and September 30, 2002, respectively. No other amounts representing deemed dividends should have been recorded in other periods. We do not believe that the $96,000 and $243,000 amounts recorded as deemed dividends in the three months ended June 30, 2003 and September 30, 2003, respectively, and the $339,000 total amount recorded as deemed dividends in the year ended March 31, 2004, are material to the periods in which they should have been recorded.

 

We will recognize the remaining $1.6 million value of the warrants and issuance costs only if it becomes probable that the Series A Preferred will be redeemed. We do not believe that the redemption of the Series A Preferred is probable due to the current amount of cash available for any potential redemption.

 

Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

 

On March 1, 2004 (the “Valuation Date”), we issued a dividend in the form of 36,281 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to our Series A holders, at the election of the Series A holders. The Series B Preferred has identical rights, preferences and privileges as the Series A Preferred, except that the Series B Preferred is not entitled to the dividend payment right. Due to the nature of the redemption features of the Series B Preferred, we have excluded the Series B Preferred from stockholders’ equity in our financial statements.

 

The amount of the Series B Preferred dividend was determined based on the estimated per share fair value of the Series B Preferred Stock. To record the fair value of the Series B Preferred Stock, we performed a valuation based on our 5-day average stock price leading up to and including the Valuation Date. Various factors

 

60


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

including, but not limited to, deemed time to liquidity and form of dividend payment were considered in the valuation of the Series B Preferred. The estimated fair value of the Series B Preferred Stock is $217,000, or $6.00 per share of Series B. The equivalent as-converted common stock per-share value is $1.50, representing a premium of 2.7% over the Company’s then common stock price of $1.46.

 

9. Common Stock

 

Pharsight is authorized to issue up to 120,000,000 shares of common stock. At March 31, 2004, common stock was reserved for future issuance as follows (in thousands):

 

Warrants outstanding

   2,091

Stock option plans

   1,651

Employee stock purchase plan

   518

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

   9,276
    
     13,536
    

 

Pharsight has sold common stock pursuant to restricted stock purchase agreements containing provisions established by the Board of Directors. Pharsight has a right to repurchase the shares at the original sale price, which generally expires at the rate of 25% after one year and 2.0833% per month thereafter.

 

At March 31, 2004 and 2003, 625 and 11,000 shares were subject to repurchase, respectively.

 

Notes Receivable from Stockholders

 

In January 1998, Pharsight loaned an officer $75,000 in connection with the purchase of common stock. The interest on this loan was 5.93% per year and compounds annually. The principal and accrued interest was due in December 2002 and could be prepaid without penalty. The note was full recourse and the shares of common stock purchased were pledged as repayment of the loans. This loan was paid in full in December 2002.

 

Warrants

 

The following table depicts warrant activity for the three fiscal years ended March 31, 2004 (in thousands):

 

    

Number of

Warrants

Outstanding


Balance at March 31, 2001

   276

Warrants granted

   —  
    

Balance at March 31, 2002

   276

Warrants granted

   1,815
    

Balance at March 31, 2003

   2,091

Warrants granted

   —  
    

Balance at March 31, 2004

   2,091
    

 

10. Stock-Based Benefit Plans

 

Stock Option Plans

 

In April 2000 the Board of Directors adopted, and in May 2000 the stockholders approved, the 2000 Equity Incentive Plan (“Incentive Plan”). The Incentive Plan became effective upon Pharsight’s initial public offering in

 

61


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

August 2000. The Incentive Plan provides for the granting of stock awards, including incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock bonuses and rights to acquire restricted stock, to Pharsight’s employees and consultants. In addition, the Incentive Plan provides for non-discretionary grants of nonstatutory stock options to Pharsight’s non-employee directors.

 

Under the Incentive Plan, the Board of Directors determines the term of each award and the award price. In the case of incentive stock options, the exercise price may not be less than the fair market value on the date of grant, while nonstatutory options and restricted stock awards have exercise prices of not less than 85% of fair market value on the date of grant. Stock bonuses may be granted with a zero exercise price in consideration of past services rendered. In general, stock options vest over a four-year period, 25% on the first anniversary of the grant and ratably on a monthly basis thereafter.

 

Non-employee directors are eligible to receive nonstatutory stock options with an exercise price equal to fair market value on the date of grant under the Incentive Plan. Each newly appointed director of Pharsight who is (i) not an employee of Pharsight, (ii) is not acting in the capacity of a consultant to Pharsight, and (iii) cannot exercise, individually or in affiliation with any entity or group of entities that exercises voting control over more than 20% of Pharsight’s voting stock (an “Independent Director”), receives a one-time grant of options to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock under the Incentive Plan, which vest monthly over a two-year period and have a maximum term of 10 years (the “Initial Grant”). A director who was not independent when appointed who later becomes an Independent Director will receive the Initial Grant at that time. In addition each eligible director is also granted an option to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock on the day after each Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which vest in full on the first anniversary of the date of grant and have a maximum term of 10 years.

 

Pharsight has reserved 4,412,757 shares for grant under the Incentive Plan. In 2003, the Board of Directors reduced the number of shares available for grant under the Incentive Plan to comply with certain provisions of the California Code of Regulations. Each January 1, the number of shares reserved will increase automatically by the least of (i) 5% of the total number of common shares outstanding on that date, (ii) 2,000,000 shares, (iii) such fewer number of shares as determined by the Board of Directors, or (iv) so long as Pharsight is subject to certain provisions of the California Code of Regulations, such fewer number of shares such that the Incentive Plan will be in compliance with such provisions. On January 1, 2004, the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Incentive Plan did not increase.

 

In April 2001, the Board of Directors approved the UK Company Share Option Plan (“UK Plan”). The UK Plan became effective upon approval of its terms by the Inland Revenue of the United Kingdom (“Inland Revenue”). The UK Plan provides for the granting of stock options to Eligible Employees (as defined in the UK Plan). Pharsight has reserved 200,000 shares for grant under the UK Plan.

 

Under the UK Plan, the Board of Directors determines the term of each award and the award price (subject to the approval of Inland Revenue). The exercise price of all options may not be less than the fair market value on the date of the grant. In general, stock options vest over a four-year period, 25% on the first anniversary of the grant and ratably on a monthly basis.

 

Under the UK Plan, any option granted to an eligible employee shall be limited and take effect so that, immediately following such grant, the aggregate market value of all the shares which he may acquire on the exercise in full of all unexercised options then held by him under the UK Plan and any share option plan (other than a savings-related share option plan) approved by the Inland Revenue under Schedule 9 and adopted by the Company or any Associated Company (as defined in the Plan) of the Company, shall not exceed 30,000 English Pounds.

 

62


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

A summary of Pharsight’s stock option activity and related information for the three fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

    

Number of

Options

Outstanding


   

Weighted

Average

Exercise Price

per Share


Balance at March 31, 2001

   3,541     $ 4.09

Options granted

   2,121       1.89

Options exercised

   (298 )     0.57

Options canceled

   (912 )     3.79
    

     

Balance at March 31, 2002

   4,452       3.34

Options granted

   668       0.80

Options exercised

   (77 )     0.26

Options canceled

   (1,930 )     3.26
    

     

Balance at March 31, 2003

   3,113       2.91

Options granted

   1,899       0.19

Options exercised

   (5 )     0.91

Options canceled

   (1,476 )     3.51
    

     

Balance at March 31, 2004

   3,531     $ 1.20
    

     

 

At March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, there were 1,650,531, 4,101,000 and 3,443,000 shares available for future option grants, respectively.

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at March 31, 2004 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

          Options Outstanding

   Options Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices

          per Share


  

Number

Outstanding


  

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Life (years)


  

Weighted

Average

Exercise
Price

per
Share


  

Number

Exercisable


  

Weighted

Average

Exercise
Price

per
Share


$ 0.06 - $0.06

   1,099    9.07    $ 0.06    183    $ 0.06

$ 0.10 - $0.25

   362    7.39    $ 0.20    115    $ 0.22

$ 0.30 - $0.65

   373    7.79    $ 0.55    180    $ 0.51

$ 0.70 - $0.88

   370    9.43    $ 0.74    78    $ 0.85

$ 0.90 - $0.99

   360    7.92    $ 0.95    196    $ 0.96

$ 1.00 - $1.80

   438    7.51    $ 1.65    288    $ 1.66

$ 1.95 - $6.50

   494    6.39    $ 4.53    457    $ 4.65

$ 7.53 - $8.00

   10    6.46    $ 7.77    9    $ 7.78

$ 8.25 - $8.25

   10    6.48    $ 8.25    9    $ 8.25

$10.00 - $10.00

   15    6.36    $ 10.00    15    $ 10.00
    
              
      

$ 0.06 - $10.00

   3,531    8.09    $ 1.20    1,530    $ 2.14
    
              
      

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

In April 2000 the Board of Directors adopted, and in May 2000 the stockholders approved, the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“Purchase Plan”). The Purchase Plan became effective upon Pharsight’s initial public offering in August 2000.

 

63


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Pharsight has reserved 600,000 shares for issuance under the Purchase Plan. In 2003, the Board of Directors reduced the number of shares available for grant under the Purchase Plan to comply with certain provisions of the California Code of Regulations. Each January 1, the number of shares reserved will be increased automatically by the least of (i) 1.5% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding on that date, (ii) 600,000 shares, (iii) a fewer number as determined by the Board of Directors, or (iv) so long as Pharsight is subject to certain provisions of the California Code of Regulations, such fewer number of shares such that the Incentive Plan will be in compliance with such provisions. On January 1, 2004, the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Purchase Plan did not increase.

 

Eligible employees may purchase common stock through payroll deductions by electing to have up to 20% of their compensation withheld. Each participant is granted an option to purchase common stock on the first day of each six-month offering period and this option is automatically exercised on the last day of the offering period. The purchase price for the common stock under the Purchase Plan is 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the common stock on the first day and the last day of the offering period. Offering periods begin on February 1 and August 1 of each year. Shares of common stock issued under the Purchase Plan totaled zero and 54,000 in fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003, respectively.

 

In April 2001, the Board of Directors adopted the 2001 UK Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“UK Purchase Plan”). The UK Purchase Plan became effective immediately. Pharsight has reserved 130,000 shares for issuance under the UK Purchase Plan. Each January 1, the number of shares reserved will be increased automatically by the lesser of 1.5% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding on that date, 130,000 shares or a fewer number as determined by the Board of Directors. On January 1, 2004, 2003 and 2002, the number of shares reserved for issuance under the UK Purchase Plan did not increase.

 

Eligible employees may purchase common stock through payroll deductions by electing to have up to 20% of their compensation withheld. Each participant is granted an option to purchase common stock on the first day of each six-month offering period and this option is automatically exercised on the last day of the offering period. The purchase price for the common stock under the UK Purchase Plan is 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the common stock on the first day and the last day of the offering period. Offering periods begin on February 1 and August 1 of each year. There were no shares of common stock issued under the UK Purchase Plan in fiscal 2004, 2003 and 2002.

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of stock options, as calculated using the Black-Scholes model under FAS 123, was as follows:

 

    

ESPP

Years Ended March 31,


  

Options

Years Ended March 31,


     2004

   2003

   2002

   2004

   2003

   2002

Weighted average fair value

   $ 0.47    $ 1.69    $ 1.42    $ 0.18    $ 0.74    $ 1.53

 

Deferred Compensation

 

During the years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000, Pharsight recorded aggregate deferred compensation of $10,070,000 and $5,400,000, respectively, representing the difference between the exercise price of stock options granted and the then deemed fair value of Pharsight’s common stock. The amortization of deferred compensation is charged to operations over the vesting period of the options using the graded method for employee options, and the straight-line method for non-employee options. During the year ended March 31, 2002, Pharsight also recorded deferred stock compensation of $114,000 representing the intrinsic value of a certain stock award issued to an officer as a bonus. Pharsight amortized $198,000, $1,322,000 and $2,993,000 of deferred compensation for the years ended March 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002. As of March 31, 2004, all deferred compensation had been fully amortized.

 

64


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Options Issued to Consultants and Scientific Advisory Board Members

 

During fiscal 2003, Pharsight granted additional options to purchase 4,875 shares of common stock to members of the Scientific Advisory Board at an exercise price of $1.67. These options were fully vested at the date of grant and were exercisable for 10 years. Pharsight valued these options at $7,800 using the Black-Scholes valuation model assuming fair value of the common stock being $1.67 per share, a risk-free interest rate of 1.65%, a volatility factor of 127.0% and an estimated life of 10 years. Pharsight recorded the fair value of these options as a charge to operations for the year ended March 31, 2003. The Scientific Advisory Board was disbanded in March 2003, no options granted to the Scientific Advisory Board were exercised, and all options outstanding under the plan were cancelled in June 2003.

 

During the year ended March 31, 2002, Pharsight granted options to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock to consultants at an exercise price of $0.99 in exchange for services. The options were fully vested at the date of grant and were exercisable for two years. Pharsight valued these options at $20,000, being their fair value estimated using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions: a risk-free interest rate of 6.00%, a volatility factor of 138.0% and a life of 2 years. Pharsight recorded the fair value of these options as a charge to operations for the year ended March 31, 2002. The options expired and were cancelled in October 2003.

 

Accelerated Vesting of Stock Options

 

During fiscal year 2002, the Company accelerated the vesting of stock options held by certain terminated employees and a former board member and recorded a compensation charge of $35,000 relating to the re-measurement of these options as of the date of the modification.

 

11. Income Taxes

 

Significant components of provision for income taxes, which in fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003 was included with other expense on our statements of operations, are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended March 31,

     2004

   2003

   2002

Current:

                    

Federal

   $ —      $ —      $ —  

State

     —        —        —  

Foreign

     81      82      —  
    

  

  

     $ 81    $ 82    $ —  
    

  

  

Deferred:

                    

Federal

   $ —      $ —      $ —  

State

     —        —        —  

Foreign

     —        —        —  
    

  

  

     $ —      $ —      $ —  
    

  

  

Total

   $ 81    $ 82    $ —  
    

  

  

 

65


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The difference between the provision for income taxes and the amount computed by applying the federal statutory income tax rate of 34% to income before taxes is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended March 31,

 
     2004

    2003

    2002

 

Tax benefit at U.S. statutory rate

   $ (652 )   $ (3,924 )   $ (6,444 )

Amortization of deferred compensation

     67       449       1,018  

Unbenefitted losses

     585       3,455       5,426  

Other

     81       102       —    
    


 


 


     $ 81     $ 82     $ —    
    


 


 


 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):

 

     March 31,

 
     2004

    2003

 

Deferred tax assets:

                

Net operating loss carry forwards

   $ 21,930     $ 20,900  

Research and development tax credits

     1,237       1,100  

Capitalized research and development

     984       900  

Amortization of intangible assets

     111       100  

Other

     412       1,000  
    


 


Total deferred tax assets

     24,674       24,000  

Valuation allowance

     (24,674 )     (24,000 )
    


 


Net deferred tax assets

   $ —       $ —    
    


 


 

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets increased by approximately, $674,000, $3,400,000 and $7,300,000 in the years ended March 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 

As of March 31, 2004, the Company had net operating loss carry-forwards for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $61,023,000 and $20,264,000 respectively, which begin to expire in the years 2005 through 2024.

 

The Company had federal and state research and development tax credits of approximately $846,000 and $480,000 respectively. The federal research and development credits begin to expire in 2011 through 2024 and the state credits can be carried forward indefinitely.

 

Utilization of the Company’s net operating loss and credits may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions. Such an annual limitation could result in the expiration of the net operating loss and credits before utilization.

 

12. Segment Information

 

Pharsight’s revenue base is derived from the sale of software licenses and consulting services to pharmaceutical companies on a worldwide basis. Pharsight operates in only one business segment, comprised of

 

66


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

the development, license and sale of software products and strategic services to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to improve the drug development process. Additionally, the chief operating decision maker evaluates resource allocation not on a product or geographic basis, but rather on an enterprise wide basis. Therefore, Pharsight has concluded that it contains only one reportable segment.

 

Revenues from sales to customers by major geographic area were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended March 31,

     2004

   2003

   2002

United States

   $ 12,557    $ 10,797    $ 9,092

Europe

     4,230      2,735      4,574

Other

     943      436      583
    

  

  

     $ 17,730    $ 13,968    $ 14,249
    

  

  

 

No foreign country accounted for 10% or more of the Pharsight’s total revenues in the years ended March 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002. All of the Pharsight’s significant long-lived assets are located within the United States.

 

13. 401(k) Plan

 

Pharsight has a 401(k) plan, which covers all employees. Pharsight’s contributions to the plan are discretionary. Through March 31, 2004, Pharsight has made no contributions to the plan.

 

14. Warranties

 

The Company generally provides a warranty for its software products and services to its customers for a period of 90 days and accounts for its warranties under the FASB’s Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.” The Company’s software products’ media are generally warranted to be free of defects in materials and workmanship under normal use and the products are also generally warranted to substantially perform as described in certain Company documentation. The Company also provides for a limited performance warranty for its software products for a period of 90 days from the date of installation at the customer premises, if used as permitted under the signed agreement and in accordance with the Company documentation. The sole remedy that the Company provides is that it will, at its own expense, use commercially reasonable efforts to correct any reproducible error in the software during the warranty period, and if it determines that it is unable to correct the error, the Company will refund the license fee paid for the nonconforming component of the licensed software. The Company’s services are generally warranted to be performed in a professional manner and to materially conform to the specifications set forth in a customer’s signed contract. In the event there is a failure of such warranties, the Company generally will correct or provide a reasonable work around or replacement product. The Company has not provided for a warranty accrual in all periods presented. To date, the Company’s product warranty expense has not been significant.

 

The Company generally agrees to indemnify its customers against legal claims that the Company’s PKS software product infringes certain third-party intellectual property rights and accounts for its indemnification obligation under FAS 5. In the event of such a claim, the Company is obligated to pay those costs and damages finally awarded against customer in any such action that are specifically attributable to such claim, or those costs and damages agreed to in a monetary settlement of such action. In addition, in the event of an infringement, the Company agrees to modify or replace the infringing product, or, if those options are not reasonably possible, in general, to refund the cost of the software paid to date upon the customer’s return of the software product. To date, the Company has not been required to make any payment resulting from infringement claims asserted against its customers. As such, the Company has not recorded a liability for infringement costs in all periods presented.

 

67


Table of Contents

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

15. Subsequent Events

 

In May 2004, we renegotiated, extended and expanded our accounts receivable credit facilities with Silicon Valley Bank for an additional year, providing for up to $3.0 million in borrowings, secured against 80% of eligible domestic accounts receivable. The following financial covenants apply to the extended Silicon Valley Bank credit facilities: net loss no greater than $500,000 in the first quarter of fiscal 2005, net income of at least $1.00 in the remaining three quarters of fiscal 2005; minimum modified quick ratio (defined as cash and cash equivalents plus accounts receivable, divided by total current liabilities, including all bank debt and not including deferred revenue) of 1.5:1 for the months of April 2004 through July 2004, 1.75:1 for the months of August 2004 through November 2004, and 2:1 for the months of December 2004 and each month thereafter. Interest is accrued at 0.05% above prime and is payable monthly from the date of borrowing. The revolving credit facility expires in May 2005. Certain of our assets, excluding intellectual property, secure both facilities. We continue to utilize $1.0 million of the accounts receivable facility.

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

Not Applicable.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

 

Subject to the limitations described below, our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer, Shawn O’Connor, and our Chief Financial Officer, Cynthia Stephens, evaluated the effectiveness of Pharsight’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report have been designed and are functioning effectively to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by Pharsight in reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

 

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended March 31, 2004 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

 

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures will necessarily prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Any control system will reflect inevitable limitations, such as resource constraints, a cost-benefit analysis based on the level of benefit of additional controls relative to their costs, assumptions about the likelihood of future events and human error. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be detected. Accordingly, our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of our disclosure control system are met and, as set forth above, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded, based on their evaluation as of March 31, 2004, that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that the objectives of our disclosure controls and procedures were met.

 

68


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Information required under this Item concerning our directors will be contained under the caption “Proposal 1—Election of Directors” in our definitive Proxy Statement (our “Proxy Statement”) with respect to our Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be held on August 14, 2004, and is incorporated by reference into this report. Information required under this Item concerning our Executive Officers is set forth in Item 1 above under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant” and is incorporated by reference herein. Information under this Item concerning compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” contained in our Proxy Statement. Information required under this Item regarding our code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer is incorporated by reference to the section entitled “Proposal 1 – Election of Directors – Corporate Governance Matters” contained in our Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The information required under this Item is incorporated by reference to the sections of the Proxy Statement entitled “Proposal 1 – Election of Directors – Director Compensation” and “Executive Officer Compensation – Equity Compensation Plan Information.”

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

The information required under this Item is incorporated by reference to the sections of the Proxy Statement entitled “Share Ownership by Principal Stockholders and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information.”

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

The information required under this Item is incorporated by reference to the section of the Proxy Statement entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The information required under this Item is incorporated by reference to the section of the Proxy Statement entitled “Proposal 3 – Ratification of Appointment of Independent Auditors – Accounting Fees.”

 

69


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

 

(a) 1. Financial Statements

 

Reference is made to page 38 under “Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for a list of all financial statements and schedules filed as a part of this report.

 

  2. Financial Statement Schedules

 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (page 71)

 

  3. Exhibits

 

The exhibits listed under Item 15(c) hereof are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

(b) Reports on Form 8-K.

 

On January 27, 2004, the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K furnishing under Item 12 a press release dated January 27, 2004 regarding its financial results for the quarter ended December 31, 2003.

 

(c) Exhibits

 

We have filed, or incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K by reference, the exhibits listed on the accompanying Index to Exhibits immediately following the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

(d) Financial Statement Schedules

 

See Item 15(a) above.

 

70


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

March 31, 2004

(Amounts in thousands)

 

Description


  

Balance

as of

Beginning

of Year


  

Additions
(Reductions)

Charged to

Costs and

Expenses


    Deductions (1)

   

Balance

as of End

of Year


Year ended March 31, 2004

                             

Deducted from asset accounts:

                             

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 94    $ (69 )   $ (11 )   $ 14

Year ended March 31, 2003

                             

Deducted from asset accounts:

                             

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 94    $ —       $ —       $ 94

Year ended March 31, 2002

                             

Deducted from asset accounts:

                             

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 95    $ —       $ (1 )   $ 94

(1) Represents amounts written-off as uncollectible

 

71


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Mountain View, California, on the 15th day of June 2004.

 

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/    SHAWN M. O’CONNOR        


   

Shawn M. O’Connor

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

72


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Shawn M. O’Connor and Cynthia Stephens, as true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign this Annual Report on Form 10-K filed herewith and any or all amendments to said report, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents the full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the foregoing, as to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated below.

 

Signature


  

Title


 

Date


/S/    SHAWN M. O’CONNOR


Shawn M. O’Connor

  

President, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) & Director

  June 15, 2004

/S/    CYNTHIA STEPHENS


Cynthia Stephens

  

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary

  June 15, 2004

/S/    ARTHUR H. REIDEL


Arthur H. Reidel

  

Chairman of the Board

  June 15, 2004

/S/    STEVEN D. BROOKS


Steven D. Brooks

  

Director

  June 15, 2004

/S/    PHILIPPE O. CHAMBON, M.D., PH.D.


Philippe O. Chambon, M.D., Ph.D.

  

Director

  June 15, 2004

/S/    ROBERT B. CHESS


Robert B. Chess

  

Director

  June 15, 2004

/S/    DOUGLAS E. KELLY, M.D.


Douglas E. Kelly, M.D.

  

Director

  June 15, 2004

/S/    DEAN O. MORTON


Dean O. Morton

  

Director

  June 15, 2004

/S/    W. FERRELL SANDERS


W. Ferrell Sanders

  

Director

  June 15, 2004

 

73


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit
Number


  

Description Of Document


3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Pharsight (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on July 1, 2002).
3.2    Bylaws of Pharsight (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-34896) filed April 17, 2000).
3.3    Certificate of Designations of Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred Stock of Pharsight (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on July 1, 2002).
4.1    Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1, 3.2, and 3.3.
4.2    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of September 2, 1999, by and among Pharsight and the investors listed on Exhibit A thereto (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-34896) filed April 17, 2000).
4.3    Reference is made to Exhibits 10.7 and 10.8
10.1*    Amended and Restated 2000 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.2*    Amended and Restated 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.55 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 12, 2003).
10.3*    1997 Stock Option Plan (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-34896) filed April 17, 2000).
10.4*    1995 Stock Option Plan (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-34896) filed April 17, 2000).
10.5*    2000 CEO Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Registrant’s Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-34896) filed July 13, 2000).
10.6*    Form of Indemnity Agreement to be entered into between Pharsight and each of its officers and directors (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-34896) filed April 17, 2000).
10.7    Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated June 25, 2002 (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on July 1, 2002).
10.8    Form of Warrant for the Purchase of Shares of Common Stock (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on July 1, 2002).
10.9    Letter Agreement dated October 16, 2002 between Pharsight Corporation, Alloy Ventures and Sprout Group (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 13, 2003).
10.10    Amendment No. 1 to Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement and Waiver, dated February 13, 2003 (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on June 10, 2003).
10.11    Letter Agreement dated May 22, 2003 between Pharsight Corporation, Alloy Ventures and Sprout Group (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on June 10, 2003).
10.12    Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2004, between Pharsight and Silicon Valley Bank.


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


  

Description Of Document


10.13    Master Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 26, 1999, by and between Pharsight and Transamerica Business Credit Corporation (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-34896) filed April 17, 2000).
10.14    Lease on Suite 200 at 800 El Camino Real West, Mountain View, California, by and among Pharsight and Asset Growth Partners, dated as of June 11, 1998 (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-34896) filed April 17, 2000).
10.15    Third Amendment to the Lease dated June 11, 1998 by and between Asset Growth Partners Ltd. as Lessor and Pharsight Corporation as Lessee, dated January 31, 2003 (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on June 10, 2003).
10.16*    Employment Letter, dated March 20, 2003, between Pharsight and Shawn O’Connor (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on June 10, 2003).
10.17*    Additional Stock Grant Letter, dated June 16, 2003 between Pharsight and Shawn M. O’Connor (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.53 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 12, 2003).
10.18*    Services Agreement, dated October 17, 2003, between Pharsight and David Powell, Inc. (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.56 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 12, 2003).
10.19*    Employment Letter, dated February 2, 2004, between Pharsight and Cynthia Stephens (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.57 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 12, 2004).
10.20*    Employment Letter, dated June 16, 2003, between Pharsight and Mark Robillard (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 12, 2003).
10.21*    Employment Letter, dated June 16, 2003, between Pharsight and Mona Cross Sowiski (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 12, 2003).
10.22*    Employment Letter, dated March 6, 2003, between Pharsight and Charles Faas (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on June 10, 2003).
10.23*    Additional Stock Grant Letter, dated June 16, 2003 between Pharsight and Charles Faas (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.52 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 12, 2003).
10.24*    Employment Letter, dated May 5, 2004, between Pharsight and Dan Weiner
10.25    Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of May 27, 1998, by and among Pharsight, Mitchell and Gauthier Associates, Inc., Edward E.L. Mitchell and Joseph S. Gauthier (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-34896) filed April 17, 2000).
10.26    Co-Ownership Agreement, dated as of the May 27, 1998, by and between Pharsight and Mitchell and Gauthier Associates, Inc. (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-34896) filed April 17, 2000).
10.27    Noncompetition Agreement, dated as of May 27, 1998, by and between Pharsight and Joseph S. Gauthier (which is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-34896) filed April 17, 2000).


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


  

Description Of Document


21.1    List of Subsidiaries.
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24.1    Power of Attorney (included on page 73 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
31.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
31.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
32.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

* Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

EX-10.1 2 dex101.htm AMENDED AND RESTATED 2000 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN Amended and Restated 2000 Equity Incentive Plan

Exhibit 10.1

 

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED 2000 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Adopted by Board of Directors April 7, 2000

Approved by Stockholders June 4, 2000

Amended by Board of Directors July 29, 2002

Approved by Stockholders September 6, 2002

Amended by Board of Directors June 13, 2003

Amended by Board of Directors July 17, 2003

Amended by Board of Directors April 22, 2004

Effective Date: Date of Initial Public Offering

Termination Date: April 7, 2010

 

1. PURPOSES.

 

(a) Eligible Stock Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards are the Employees, Directors and Consultants of the Company and its Affiliates.

 

(b) Available Stock Awards. The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means by which eligible recipients of Stock Awards may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of the following Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) stock bonuses and (iv) rights to acquire restricted stock. The Plan also provides for non-discretionary grants of Nonstatutory Stock Options to Non-Employee Directors of the Company.

 

(c) General Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Stock Awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Affiliates.

 

2. DEFINITIONS.

 

(a) “Affiliate” means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

 

(b) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(c) Cause” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following: (i) the Participant’s conviction of any felony or any crime involving moral turpitude or dishonesty which results in material harm to the business of the Company; (ii) the Participant’s participation in a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company which results in material harm to the business of the Company; or (iii) the Participant’s intentional, material violation of any material contract between the Company and the Participant or any statutory duty the Participant owes to the Company that the Participant does not correct within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof has been provided to the Participant and which results in material harm to the business of the Company.

 

1.


(d) “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following:

 

(i) a Corporate Transaction after which persons who were not stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction own, directly or indirectly, immediately following such Corporate Transaction, fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting power of each of (a) the continuing or surviving entity and (b) any direct or indirect parent corporation of the continuing or surviving entity;

 

(ii) after the IPO Date, an acquisition by any person, entity or group within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act, or any comparable successor provisions (excluding any employee benefit plan, or related trust, sponsored or maintained by the Company or an Affiliate) of the beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, or comparable successor rule) of securities of the Company representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power entitled to vote in the election of Directors; provided that such acquisition does not occur in connection with, in contemplation of or as a result of a Corporate Transaction; or

 

(iii) after the IPO Date, during any consecutive two (2) year period the individuals who, as of the start of such period, are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”), cease for any reason to constitute at least fifty percent (50%) of the Board, provided that such change in the Incumbent Board does not occur in connection with, in contemplation of or as a result of a Corporate Transaction, and further provided that if the election, or nomination for election, by the Company’s stockholders of any new Director was approved by a vote of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Incumbent Board, such new Director shall be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

 

(e) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(f) “Committee” means a committee of one or more members of the Board appointed by the Board in accordance with subsection 3(c).

 

(g) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

 

(h) “Company” means Pharsight Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

 

(i) “Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and who is compensated for such services or (ii) who is a member of the Board of Directors of an Affiliate. However, the term “Consultant” shall not include either Directors who are not compensated by the Company for their services as Directors or Directors who are merely paid a director’s fee by the Company for their services as Directors.

 

(j) “Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. The Participant’s Continuous Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s

 

2.


Continuous Service. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or a Director will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. The Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave.

 

(k) “Corporate Transaction” means the occurrence of any one or more of the following:

 

(i) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the securities or assets of the Company;

 

(ii) a merger or consolidation following which the Company is not the surviving corporation;

 

(iii) a reverse merger following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise; or

 

(iv) any other transaction described as a “corporate transaction” in Treasury Regulations §1.425-1(a)(1)(ii).

 

(l) “Covered Employee” means the chief executive officer and the four (4) other highest compensated officers of the Company for whom total compensation is required to be reported to stockholders under the Exchange Act, as determined for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(m) “Director” means a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(n) “Disability” means the inability of a person, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of that person’s position with the Company or an Affiliate because of the sickness or injury of the person and such inability results in termination of employment by the Company or Affiliate.

 

(o) “Eligible Director” means a Non-Employee Director or any other Director who is not an Employee or Consultant at the time of grant of an Nonstatutory Stock Option under section 7 hereof.

 

(p) “Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. Mere service as a Director or payment of a director’s fee by the Company or an Affiliate shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company or an Affiliate.

 

(q) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

3.


(r) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows and in each case in a manner consistent with Section 260.140.50 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations:

 

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on the Nasdaq National Market, the Nasdaq SmallCap Market or the Over The Counter Bulletin Board system the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange, market or system (or the exchange, market or system with the greatest volume of trading the Common Stock) on the last market trading day prior to determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable.

 

(ii) In the absence of an established market or system for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Board.

 

(s) “Good Reason” means that one or more of the following are undertaken by the Company without the Participant’s express written consent: (i) the assignment to the Participant of any duties or responsibilities that results in a diminution in the Participant’s position or function as in effect immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control; provided, however, that a mere change in the Participant’s title or reporting relationships shall not constitute Good Reason; (ii) a reduction by the Company in the Participant’s annual base salary, as in effect on the effective date of the Change in Control; (iii) any failure by the Company to continue in effect any benefit plan or program, including incentive plans or plans with respect to the receipt of securities of the Company, in which the Participant was participating immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control (hereinafter referred to as “Benefit Plans”), or the taking of any action by the Company that would adversely affect the Participant’s participation in or reduce the Participant’s benefits under the Benefit Plans or deprive the Participant of any fringe benefit that the Participant enjoyed immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control; provided, however, that Good Reason shall not be deemed to have occurred if the Company provides for the Participant’s participation in benefit plans and programs that, taken as a whole, are comparable to the Benefit Plans; (iv) a relocation of the Participant’s business office to a location more than thirty (30) miles from the location at which the Participant performs duties as of the effective date of the Change in Control, except for required travel by the Participant on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with the Participant’s business travel obligations prior to the Change in Control; (v) a material breach by the Company of any provision of the Plan or the Stock Award Agreement or any other material agreement between the Participant and the Company concerning the terms and conditions of the Participant’s employment; or (vi) any failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of the Plan and Stock Award Agreement by any successor or assign of the Company.

 

(t) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(u) “Independent Director” means each Director of the Company who is (i) not an Employee of the Company, (ii) is not acting in the capacity of a Consultant to the Company, and (iii) cannot exercise, individually or in affiliation with any entity or group of entities that exercises, voting control over more than 20% of the Company’s voting stock.

 

4.


(v) “IPO Date” means the effective date of the Company’s Form S-1 Registration Statement filed under the Securities Act in connection with the initial public offering of the Common Stock.

 

(w) “Non-Employee Director” means a Director who either (i) is not a current Employee or Officer of the Company or its parent or a subsidiary, does not receive compensation (directly or indirectly) from the Company or its parent or a subsidiary for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“Regulation S-K”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction as to which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K and is not engaged in a business relationship as to which disclosure would be required under Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

 

(x) “Non-Employee Director Option” shall have the meaning subscribed in section 7 hereof.

 

(y) “Non-Employee Director Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and an Eligible Director, evidencing the terms and conditions of a Non-Employee Director Option grant. Each Non-Employee Director Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(z) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(aa) “Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(bb) “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(cc) “Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(dd) “Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

 

(ee) “Outside Director” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” receiving compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax qualified pension plan), was not an officer of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” at any time and is not currently receiving direct or indirect remuneration from the Company or an “affiliated corporation” for services in any capacity other than as a Director or (ii) is otherwise considered an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

5.


(ff) “Participant” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

 

(gg) “Plan” means this Pharsight Corporation Amended and Restated 2000 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

(hh) “Predecessor Plans” means the Company’s 1995 Stock Option Plan and the 1997 Stock Option Plan.

 

(ii) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

 

(jj) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(kk) “Stock Award” means any right granted under the Plan, including an Option, a Non-Employee Director Option, a stock bonus and a right to acquire restricted stock.

 

(ll) “Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(mm) “Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who owns (or is deemed to own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any of its Affiliates.

 

3. ADMINISTRATION.

 

(a) Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration to a Committee, as provided in subsection 3(c).

 

(b) Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

 

(i) To determine from time to time which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Stock Awards; when and how each Stock Award shall be granted; what type or combination of types of Stock Award shall be granted; the provisions of each Stock Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; and the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person.

 

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

 

(iii) To amend the Plan or a Stock Award as provided in Section 13.

 

6.


(iv) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company which are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan.

 

(c) Delegation to Committee.

 

(i) General. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees of one (1) or more members of the Board, and the term “Committee” shall apply to any person or persons to whom such authority has been delegated. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and revest in the Board the administration of the Plan.

 

(ii) Committee Composition when Common Stock is Publicly Traded. At such time as the Common Stock is publicly traded, in the discretion of the Board, a Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, and/or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3. Within the scope of such authority, the Board or the Committee may (1) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Outside Directors the authority to grant Stock Awards to eligible persons who are either (a) not then Covered Employees and are not expected to be Covered Employees at the time of recognition of income resulting from such Stock Award or (b) not persons with respect to whom the Company wishes to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code and/or) (2) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Non-Employee Directors the authority to grant Stock Awards to eligible persons who are not then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

(d) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

4. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

 

(a) Share Reserve. Subject to the provisions of Section 12 relating to adjustments upon changes in stock and Section 4(d) below, the Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards shall not exceed in the aggregate four million four hundred twelve thousand seven hundred fifty seven (4,412,757) shares of Common Stock (the “Reserved Shares”). As of each January 1, beginning with January 1, 2004 and continuing through and including January 1, 2010 (the “Anniversary Date”), the number of Reserved Shares will be increased automatically by the least of (i) 5 % of the total number of share of Common Stock outstanding on such Anniversary Date, (ii) two million (2,000,000) shares, (iii) such fewer number of shares as determined by the Board prior to such Anniversary Date or (iv) such fewer number of shares as permitted pursuant to Section 4(d) below.

 

7.


(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If any Stock Award shall for any reason expire or otherwise terminate, in whole or in part, without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not acquired under such Stock Award shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan.

 

(c) Source of Shares. The shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan may be unissued shares or reacquired shares, bought on the market or otherwise.

 

(d) Reserve Limitation. Notwithstanding Section 4(a), if at the time of each grant of a Stock Award under the Plan, the Company is subject to Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations (“Section 260.140.45”), the total number of securities issuable upon exercise of all outstanding options of the Company and the total number of shares provided for under this Plan or any other equity incentive, stock bonus or similar plan or agreement of the Company or outside any such plan shall not exceed 30% of the then outstanding capital stock of the Company (as measured as set forth in Section 260.140.45), unless stockholder approval to exceed 30% has been obtained in compliance with Section 260.140.45, in which case the limit shall be such higher percentage as approved by the stockholders.

 

5. ELIGIBILITY.

 

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors (whether or not eligible for grants pursuant to Section 7 hereof) and Consultants.

 

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders.

 

(i) A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.

 

(ii) So long as the Company is subject to Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, a Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted a restricted stock award unless the purchase price of the restricted stock is at least (A) one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant or (B) such lower percentage of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant as is permitted by Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the restricted stock award.

 

(c) Section 162(m) Limitation. Subject to the provisions of Section 12 relating to adjustments upon changes in the shares of Common Stock, no Employee shall be eligible to be granted Options covering more than Five Hundred Thousand (500,000) shares of Common Stock during any calendar year.

 

8.


(d) Consultants.

 

(i) A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act (“Form S-8”) is not available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, or because the Consultant is not a natural person, or as otherwise provided by the rules governing the use of Form S-8, unless the Company determines both (i) that such grant (A) shall be registered in another manner under the Securities Act (e.g., on a Form S-3 Registration Statement) or (B) does not require registration under the Securities Act in order to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act, if applicable, and (ii) that such grant complies with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

 

(ii) Form S-8 generally is available to consultants and advisors only if (i) they are natural persons; (ii) they provide bona fide services to the issuer, its parents, its majority-owned subsidiaries or majority-owned subsidiaries of the issuer’s parent; and (iii) the services are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the issuer’s securities.

 

6. OPTION PROVISIONS.

 

Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical, but each Option shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of subsection 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it was granted.

 

(b) Exercise Price of an Incentive Stock Option. Subject to the provisions of subsection 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted.

 

(c) Exercise Price of a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Subject to the provisions of subsection 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted.

 

(d) Consideration. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable statutes and regulations, either (i) in cash at the time the Option is exercised or (ii) at the discretion of the Board at the time of the grant of the Option (or subsequently in the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option) (1) by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock, (2) according to a deferred payment or other similar arrangement with the Optionholder or (3) in any other form of legal consideration that may be

 

9.


acceptable to the Board. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option, the purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option that is paid by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock acquired, directly or indirectly from the Company, shall be paid only by shares of the Common Stock of the Company that have been held for more than six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes). At any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, payment of the Common Stock’s “par value,” as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall not be made by deferred payment.

 

(e) Transferability of an Incentive Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

 

(f) Transferability of a Nonstatutory Stock Option. A Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be transferable to the extent provided in the Option Agreement; provided however, to the extent that the Company is subject to Section 260.140.41(d) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Nonstatutory Stock Option, the Nonstatutory Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. If the Nonstatutory Stock Option does not provide for transferability, then the Nonstatutory Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

 

(g) Vesting Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may, but need not, vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may, but need not, be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may be exercised (which may be based on performance or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. The provisions of this subsection 6(g) are subject to any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the Company is subject to the following restrictions on vesting under Section 260.140.41(f) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Option, then options granted to an Employee who is not an Officer, Director or Consultant on the date of grant shall provide for vesting of the total number of shares of Common Stock at a rate of at least twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date the Option was granted, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment.

 

(h) Termination of Continuous Service. In the event an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such

 

10.


Option as of the date of termination) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period, for so long as the Company is subject to Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, shall not be less than thirty (30) days unless such termination is for Cause), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified in the Option Agreement, the Option shall terminate.

 

(i) Extension of Termination Date. An Optionholder’s Option Agreement may also provide that if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (other than upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Option set forth in subsection 6(a) or (ii) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements.

 

(j) Disability of Optionholder. In the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period, for so long as the Company is subject to Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, shall not be less than six (6) months) or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

(k) Death of Optionholder. In the event (i) an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option upon the Optionholder’s death pursuant to subsection 6(e) or 6(f), but only within the period ending on the earlier of (1) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period, for so long as the Company is subject to Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, shall not be less than six (6) months) or (2) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

 

(l) Early Exercise. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to

 

11.


exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 11(g), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate.

 

(m) Re-Load Options.

 

(i) Without in any way limiting the authority of the Board to make or not to make grants of Options hereunder, the Board shall have the authority (but not an obligation) to include as part of any Option Agreement a provision entitling the Optionholder to a further Option (a “Re-Load Option”) in the event the Optionholder exercises the Option evidenced by the Option Agreement, in whole or in part, by surrendering other shares of Common Stock in accordance with this Plan and the terms and conditions of the Option Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option, the Optionholder shall not surrender shares of Common Stock acquired, directly or indirectly from the Company, unless such shares have been held for more than six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes).

 

(ii) Any such Re-Load Option shall (1) provide for a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock surrendered as part or all of the exercise price of such Option; (2) have an expiration date which is the same as the expiration date of the Option the exercise of which gave rise to such Re-Load Option; and (3) have an exercise price which is equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Re-Load Option on the date of exercise of the original Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Re-Load Option shall be subject to the same exercise price and term provisions heretofore described for Options under the Plan.

 

(iii) Any such Re-Load Option may be an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option, as the Board may designate at the time of the grant of the original Option; provided, however, that the designation of any Re-Load Option as an Incentive Stock Option shall be subject to the one hundred thousand dollar ($100,000) annual limitation on the exercisability of Incentive Stock Options described in subsection 11(d) and in Section 422(d) of the Code. There shall be no Re-Load Options on a Re-Load Option. Any such Re-Load Option shall be subject to the availability of sufficient shares of Common Stock under subsection 4(a) and the “Section 162(m) Limitation” on the grants of Options under subsection 5(c) and shall be subject to such other terms and conditions as the Board may determine which are not inconsistent with the express provisions of the Plan regarding the terms of Options.

 

7. NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR STOCK OPTIONS

 

Without any further action from the Board, Eligible Directors and Independent Directors shall be granted Nonstatutory Stock Options in accordance with subsections 7(a) and 7(b) (collectively, the “Non-Employee Director Options”). Each Non-Employee Director Option shall include the substance of the terms set forth in subsection 7(c) through 7(k) and such other terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Board as appropriate.

 

12.


(a) Initial Grants. After April 22, 2004, each Independent Director who is elected or appointed to the Board, and each Director who was not previously an Independent Director who subsequently becomes an Independent Director, automatically shall be granted a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase One Hundred Thousand (100,000) shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Initial Grant”) on the date such Independent Director is elected or appointed to the Board, or in the case of a Director who was not previously an Independent Director, on the date such Director subsequently becomes an Independent Director.

 

(b) Annual Grants. On the day following each annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company (the “Annual Meeting”) commencing with the Annual Meeting in calendar year 2004, each person who is then an Eligible Director automatically shall be granted a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase Ten Thousand (10,000) shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Annual Grant”).

 

(c) Term. Each Non-Employee Director Option shall have a term of ten (10) years from the date it is granted.

 

(d) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Non-Employee Director Option shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the stock subject to the Non-Employee Director Option on the date of grant.

 

(e) Vesting. Non-Employee Director Options shall vest and become exercisable as follows:

 

(i) An Initial Grant shall vest in twenty-four (24) equal installments on each monthly anniversary of the date of the Initial Grant; provided however, that the Director provides service to the Company through each such date; and provided further, that if a Change in Control occurs, then the vesting and exercisability of the Initial Grant shall be accelerated in full.

 

(ii) An Annual Grant shall vest in full on the day of the first anniversary of the Annual Meeting next following its date of grant; provided, however, that the Director provides service to the Company through each such date.

 

(f) Consideration. The purchase price of stock acquired pursuant to a Non-Employee Director Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable statutes and regulations, in any combination of (i) cash or check, (ii) delivery to the Company of other Common Stock owned by the Director for at least six (6) months; (iii) deferred payment or (iv) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and provided in the Non-Employee Director Option Agreement; provided, however, that at any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, payment of the Common Stock’s “par value,” as defined in the Delaware Corporation Law, shall not be made by deferred payment.

 

(g) Transferability. A Non-Employee Director Option shall be transferable to the extent provided in the Non-Employee Director Option Agreement; provided however, to the extent that the Company is subject to Section 260.140.41(d) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Non-Employee Director Option, the Eligible Director shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be

 

13.


exercisable during the lifetime of the Eligible Director only by the Eligible Director. If the Non-Employee Director Option Agreement does not provide for transferability, then the Non-Employee Director Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Eligible Director only by the Eligible Director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Eligible Director may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Eligible Director, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Non-Employee Director Option.

 

(h) Termination of Continuous Service. In the event an Eligible Director’s Continuous Service terminates (other than upon the Eligible Director’s death or Disability), the Eligible Director may exercise his or her Non-Employee Director Option (to the extent that the Eligible Director was entitled to exercise it as of the date of termination) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date six (6) months following the termination of the Eligible Director’s Continuous Service, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Non-Employee Director Option as set forth in the Non-Employee Director Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Eligible Director does not exercise his or her Non-Employee Director Option within the time specified herein, the Non-Employee Director Option shall terminate.

 

(i) Extension of Termination Date. If the exercise of the Non-Employee Director Option following the termination of the Eligible Director’s Continuous Service (other than upon the Eligible Director’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Non-Employee Director Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the term of the Non-Employee Director Option set forth in subsection 7(c) or (ii) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Eligible Director’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Non-Employee Director Option would not violate such registration requirements.

 

(j) Disability of Eligible Director. In the event an Eligible Director’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Eligible Director’s Disability, the Eligible Director may exercise his or her Non-Employee Director Option (to the extent that the Eligible Director was entitled to exercise it as of the date of termination), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Non-Employee Director Option as set forth in the Non-Employee Director Option Agreement. If, after termination, the Eligible Director does not exercise his or her Non-Employee Director Option within the time specified herein, the Non-Employee Director Option shall terminate.

 

(k) Death of Eligible Director. In the event (i) an Eligible Director’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Eligible Director’s death or (ii) the Eligible Director dies within the six-month period after the termination of the Eligible Director’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Non-Employee Director Option may be exercised (to the extent the Eligible Director was entitled to exercise the Non-Employee Director Option as of the date of death) by the Eligible Director’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Non-Employee Director Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Non-Employee Director Option upon the Eligible Director’s death, but only within the period

 

14.


ending on the earlier of (1) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death or (2) the expiration of the term of such Non-Employee Director Option as set forth in the Non-Employee Director Option Agreement. If, after death, the Non-Employee Director Option is not exercised within the time specified herein, the Non-Employee Director Option shall terminate.

 

8. PROVISIONS OF STOCK AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS.

 

(a) Stock Bonus Awards. Each stock bonus agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of stock bonus agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate stock bonus agreements need not be identical, but each stock bonus agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(i) Consideration. A stock bonus may be awarded in consideration for past services actually rendered to the Company or an Affiliate for its benefit.

 

(ii) Vesting. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 11(g), shares of Common Stock awarded under the stock bonus agreement may, but need not, be subject to a share reacquisition right in favor of the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

 

(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 11(g), in the event a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may reacquire any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant which have not vested as of the date of termination under the terms of the stock bonus agreement.

 

(iv) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under a stock bonus agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the stock bonus agreement, as the Board shall determine in its discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the stock bonus agreement remains subject to the terms of the stock bonus agreement; provided however, to the extent that the Company is subject to Section 260.140.41(d) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the award, such rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under a stock bonus agreement shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant.

 

(b) Restricted Stock Purchase Awards. Each restricted stock purchase agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of the restricted stock purchase agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate restricted stock purchase agreements need not be identical, but each restricted stock purchase agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(i) Purchase Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 5(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the purchase price under each restricted stock purchase agreement shall be

 

15.


such amount as the Board shall determine and designate in such restricted stock purchase agreement. The purchase price shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Common Stock’s Fair Market Value on the date such award is made or at the time the purchase is consummated.

 

(ii) Consideration. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the restricted stock purchase agreement shall be paid either: (i) in cash at the time of purchase; (ii) at the discretion of the Board, according to a deferred payment or other similar arrangement with the Participant; or (iii) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its discretion; provided, however, that at any time that the Company is incorporated in Delaware, then payment of the Common Stock’s “par value,” as defined in the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall not be made by deferred payment.

 

(iii) Vesting. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 11(g), shares of Common Stock acquired under the restricted stock purchase agreement may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in favor of the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

 

(iv) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 11(g), in the event a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may repurchase or otherwise reacquire any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant which have not vested as of the date of termination under the terms of the restricted stock purchase agreement.

 

(v) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under a restricted stock purchase agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the restricted stock purchase agreement, as the Board shall determine in its discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the restricted stock purchase agreement remains subject to the terms of the restricted stock purchase agreement; provided however, to the extent that the Company is subject to Section 260.140.41(d) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the award, such rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under a restricted stock purchase agreement shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant.

 

9. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

 

(a) Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Stock Awards.

 

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable

 

16.


to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.

 

10. USE OF PROCEEDS FROM STOCK.

 

Proceeds from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.

 

11. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

(a) Acceleration of Exercisability and Vesting. The Board shall have the power to accelerate the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

 

(b) Stockholder Rights. No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms.

 

(c) No Employment or other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan or any instrument executed or Stock Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

 

(d) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof which exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

 

(e) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for

 

17.


the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (1) the issuance of the shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (2) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

 

(f) Withholding Obligations. To the extent provided by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Participant may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under a Stock Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) tendering a cash payment; (ii) authorizing the Company to withhold shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant as a result of the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award, provided, however, that the Company shall not be authorized to withheld shares of Common Stock in excess if the minimum statutory rates for federal or state tax purposes including payroll taxes; or (iii) delivering to the Company owned and unencumbered shares of Common Stock.

 

(g) Repurchase Limitation. The terms of any repurchase option shall be specified in the Stock Award, and the repurchase price shall be the original purchase price. To the extent required by Section 260.140.41 and Section 260.140.42 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time a Stock Award is made, any repurchase option contained in a Stock Award granted to a person who is not an Officer, Director or Consultant shall be upon the terms described below:

 

(i) Fair Market Value. If the repurchase option gives the Company the right to repurchase the shares of Common Stock upon termination of Continuous Status at not less than the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock to be purchased on the date of termination of Continuous Status, then (A) the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares of Common Stock within ninety (90) days of termination of Continuous Status (or in the case of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of Stock Awards after such date of termination, within ninety (90) days after the date of the exercise) or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Company and the Participant (for example, for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 1202(c)(3) of the Code regarding “qualified small business stock”) and (B) the right terminates when the shares of Common Stock become publicly traded.

 

(ii) Original Purchase Price. If the repurchase option gives the Company the right to repurchase the shares of Common Stock upon termination of Continuous Status at the lower of (A) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (B) their original purchase price, then (x) the right to repurchase at the original purchase price

 

18.


shall lapse at the rate of at least twenty percent (20%) of the shares of Common Stock per year over five (5) years from the date the Stock Award is granted (without respect to the date the Stock Award was exercised or became exercisable) and (y) the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares of Common Stock within ninety (90) days of termination of Continuous Status (or in the case of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of Options after such date of termination, within ninety (90) days after the date of the exercise) or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Company and the Participant (for example, for purposes of satisfying the requirements of Section 1202(c)(3) of the Code regarding “qualified small business stock”).

 

(h) Information Obligation. To the extent required by Section 260.140.46 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, the Company shall deliver financial statements to Participants at least annually. This Section 11(h) shall not apply to key Employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

 

12. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN STOCK.

 

(a) Capitalization Adjustments. If any change is made in the Common Stock subject to the Plan, or subject to any Stock Award, without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company), the Plan will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to subsection 4(a) and the maximum number of securities subject to award to any person pursuant to subsection 5(c), and the outstanding Stock Awards will be appropriately adjusted in the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of Common Stock subject to such outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive. (The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without receipt of consideration” by the Company.)

 

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, then all outstanding Stock Awards shall terminate immediately prior to such event.

 

(c) Corporate Transaction. In the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation may assume any Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar stock awards (including an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders pursuant to the Corporate Transaction). In the event any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation refuses to assume such Stock Awards or to substitute similar stock awards for those outstanding under the Plan, then with respect to Stock Awards held by Participants whose Continuous Service has not terminated as of the effective date of the Corporate Transaction, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time during which such Stock Awards may be exercised) shall be accelerated in full, and the Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to such effective date. With respect to any other Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan, such Stock Awards shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior the effective date of the Corporate Transaction.

 

19.


(d) Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs and within thirteen (13) months after the effective date of such Change in Control the Continuous Service of a Participant terminates due to an involuntary termination (not including death or Disability) without Cause or due to a voluntary termination with Good Reason, then the vesting and exercisability of all Stock Awards held by such Participant shall be accelerated in full.

 

13. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN AND STOCK AWARDS.

 

(a) Amendment of Plan. The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the Plan. However, except as provided in Section 12 relating to adjustments upon changes in Common Stock, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders of the Company to the extent stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, Rule 16b-3 or any Nasdaq or securities exchange listing requirements.

 

(b) Stockholder Approval. The Board may, in its sole discretion, submit any other amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations thereunder regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to certain executive officers.

 

(c) Contemplated Amendments. It is expressly contemplated that the Board may amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable to provide eligible Employees with the maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to Incentive Stock Options and/or to bring the Plan and/or Incentive Stock Options granted under it into compliance therewith.

 

(d) No Impairment of Rights. Rights under any Stock Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (ii) the Participant consents in writing.

 

(e) Amendment of Stock Awards. The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards; provided, however, that the rights under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (ii) the Participant consents in writing.

 

14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

 

(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated, the Plan shall terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or approved by the stockholders of the Company, whichever is earlier. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the Participant.

 

20.


15. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN.

 

The Plan shall become effective on the IPO Date, but no Stock Award shall be exercised (or, in the case of a stock bonus, shall be granted) unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

16. CHOICE OF LAW.

 

The law of the State of California shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to such state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

21.

EX-10.12 3 dex1012.htm AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF MAY 27, 2004 Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of May 27, 2004

Exhibit 10.12

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

1

  

ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

   4

2

  

LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

   4
     2.1   

Promise to Pay.

   4
     2.2   

Termination of Commitment to Lend.

   5
     2.3   

Overadvances.

   5
     2.4   

Interest Rate, Payments.

   5
     2.5   

Fees.

   5

3

   CONDITIONS OF LOANS    6
     3.1    Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension.    6
     3.2    Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions.    6

4

   CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST    6
     4.1    Grant of Security Interest.    6
     4.2    Required Cash Collateral.    6
     4.3    Authorization of File.    7

5

   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES    7
     5.1    Due Organization and Authorization.    7
     5.2    Collateral.    7
     5.3    Litigation.    7
     5.4    No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements.    7
     5.5    Solvency.    8
     5.6    Regulatory Compliance.    8
     5.7    Subsidiaries.    8
     5.8    Full Disclosure.    8

6

   AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS    8
     6.1    Government Compliance.    8
     6.2    Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates.    8
     6.3    Inventory; Returns.    9
     6.4    Taxes.    9
     6.5    Insurance.    9
     6.6    Primary Accounts.    9
     6.7    Financial Covenants.    10
     6.8    Further Assurances.    10

7

   NEGATIVE COVENANTS    10
     7.1    Dispositions.    10
     7.2    Changes in Business, Ownership, Management or Locations of Collateral.    10
     7.3    Mergers or Acquisitions.    10
     7.4    Indebtedness.    11
     7.5    Encumbrance.    11
     7.6    Distributions; Investments.    11
     7.7    Transactions with Affiliates.    11
     7.8    Subordinated Debt.    11
     7.9    Compliance.    11

8

   EVENTS OF DEFAULT    11
     8.1    Payment Default.    11

 

2


    8.2  

Covenant Default.

   12
    8.3  

Material Adverse Change.

   12
    8.4  

Attachment.

   12
    8.5  

Insolvency.

   12
    8.6  

Other Agreements.

   12
    8.7  

Judgments.

   12
    8.8  

Misrepresentations.

   13

9

 

BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

   13
    9.1  

Rights and Remedies.

   13
    9.2  

Power of Attorney.

   13
    9.3  

Bank Expenses.

   14
    9.4  

Bank's Liability for Collateral.

   14
    9.5  

Remedies Cumulative.

   14
    9.6  

Demand Waiver.

   14

10

 

NOTICES

   14

11

 

CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER

   14

12

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

   15
    12.1  

Successors and Assigns.

   15
    12.2  

Indemnification.

   15
    12.3  

Time of Essence.

   15
    12.4  

Severability of Provision.

   15
    12.5  

Amendments in Writing, Integration.

   15
    12.6  

Counterparts.

   15
    12.7  

Survival.

   15
    12.8  

Confidentiality.

   15
    12.9  

Effect of Amendment and Restatement.

   16
    12.10  

Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses.

   16

13

 

DEFINITIONS

   16
    13.1  

Definitions.

   16

Pharsight Corporation

   4

 

3


This AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) dated as of the Effective Date, between SILICON VALLEY BANK (“Bank”), whose address is 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, California 95054 and PHARSIGHT CORPORATION (“Borrower”), whose address is 800 West El Camino Real, Suite 200, Mountain View, California 94040.

 

RECITALS

 

A. Bank and Borrower are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated June 13, 2001, as amended and that certain Export and Import Loan and Security Agreement (collectively, the “Original Agreement”).

 

B. Bank and Borrower are parties to that certain UCC Financing Statement filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on June 25, 2002 as file number 21559701.

 

C. Borrower and Bank desire in this Agreement to set forth their agreement with respect to a working capital and term loan and to amend and restate in its entirety without novation the Original Agreement in accordance with the provisions herein.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The parties agree as follows:

 

1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

 

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement will be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. The term “financial statements” includes the notes and schedules. The terms “including” and “includes” always mean “including (or includes) without limitation,” in this or any Loan Document.

 

2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

 

2.1 Promise to Pay.

 

Borrower promises to pay Bank the unpaid principal amount of all Credit Extensions and interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Credit Extensions.

 

2.1.1 Revolving Advances.

 

(a) Bank will make Advances not exceeding the lesser of the Committed Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base. Amounts borrowed under this Section may be repaid and reborrowed during the term of this Agreement.

 

(b) To obtain an Advance, Borrower must notify Bank by facsimile or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Business Day the Advance is to be made. Borrower must promptly confirm the notification by delivering to Bank the Payment/Advance Form attached as Exhibit B. Bank will credit Advances to Borrower’s deposit account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Borrower will indemnify Bank for any loss Bank suffers due to such reliance.

 

(c) The Committed Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Maturity Date, when all Advances are immediately payable.

 

4


2.1.2 Term Loan.

 

(a) The outstanding balance under the Term Loan will continue to amortize and be payable as follows:

 

(b) Borrower will pay 25 equal installments of principal of $72,916.67 plus accrued interest (the “Term Loan Payment”). Each Term Loan Payment is payable on the 1st of each month during the term of the loan. Borrower’s final Term Loan Payment, due on June 1, 2006, includes all outstanding Term Loan principal and accrued interest.

 

2.2 Termination of Commitment to Lend.

 

Bank’s obligation to lend the undisbursed portion of the Obligations will terminate if, in Bank’s sole discretion, there has been a material adverse change in the general affairs, management, results of operation, condition (financial or otherwise) or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations, or there has been any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the most recent business plan of Borrower presented to and accepted by Bank prior to the execution of this Agreement.

 

2.3 Overadvances.

 

If Borrower’s Obligations under Section 2.1.1 exceed the lesser of either (i) the Committed Revolving Line or (ii) the Borrowing Base, Borrower must immediately pay Bank the excess.

 

2.4 Interest Rate, Payments.

 

(a) Interest Rate. (i) Advances accrue interest on the outstanding principal balance at a per annum rate of 0.5 of one percentage point above the Prime Rate; and (ii) the Term Loan accrues interest at a per annum rate of 1.25 percentage points above the Prime Rate. After an Event of Default, Obligations accrue interest at 5 percent above the rate effective immediately before the Event of Default. The interest rate increases or decreases when the Prime Rate changes. Interest is computed on a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

(b) Payments. Interest due on the Committed Revolving Line is payable on the 26th of each month. Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts including Account Number 3300027682 for principal and interest payments owing or any amounts Borrower owes Bank. Bank will promptly notify Borrower when it debits Borrower’s accounts. These debits are not a set-off. Payments received after 12:00 noon Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment is due the next Business Day and additional interest shall accrue.

 

2.5 Fees.

 

Borrower will pay:

 

(a) Facility Fee. A fully earned, non-refundable Facility Fee of $10,500 for the Committed Revolving Line due on the Effective Date; and

 

(b) Bank Expenses. All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and reasonable expenses) incurred through and after the date of this Agreement, are payable when due.

 

5


3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS

 

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension.

 

Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that it receive the agreements, documents and fees it requires.

 

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions.

 

Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following:

 

(a) timely receipt of any Payment/Advance Form; and

 

(b) the representations and warranties in Section 5 must be materially true on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the effective date of each Credit Extension and no Event of Default may have occurred and be continuing, or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties of Section 5 remain true.

 

4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

 

4.1 Grant of Security Interest.

 

Borrower grants Bank a continuing security interest in all presently existing and later acquired Collateral to secure all Obligations and performance of each of Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents. Except for Permitted Liens, any security interest will be a first priority security interest in the Collateral. Bank may place a “hold” on any deposit account pledged as Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the security interest granted herein does not extend to and the term “Collateral” does not include any Intellectual Property; provided that the Collateral shall include Intellectual Property to the extent, and only to the extent, a security interest in any portion of the Intellectual Property is required in order to permit Bank to hold a perfected security interest in the other Collateral, including, without limitation, Accounts arising from the license, publication or other exploitation of Copyrights or other Intellectual Property; provided, further, that Borrower shall execute and deliver a Negative Pledge Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit F, satisfactory to Bank with respect to the Intellectual Property, and upon any breach thereof, the Collateral shall be deemed to include, retroactively from the date of Original Agreement, the Intellectual Property. If the Agreement is terminated, Bank’s lien and security interest in the Collateral will continue until Borrower fully satisfies its Obligations.

 

4.2 Required Cash Collateral.

 

In the event any financial covenant set forth in Section 6.7 is breached, and in addition to all of Bank’s other rights and remedies hereunder upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately deliver to Bank, for deposit with Bank, cash in the amount of at least 105% of the then aggregate outstanding balance of the Term Loan, to be held by Bank in an interest bearing time deposit account subject to a perfected, first priority security interest securing all Obligations. Bank’s hold on such cash shall be released if: (a) Bank shall have waived its other rights and remedies as to such existing financial covenant breach or breaches and no other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (b) Bank shall have determined that Borrower is no longer in violation of any of the financial covenants in Section 6.7 previously breached.

 

6


4.3 Authorization of File.

 

Borrower authorizes Bank to file financing statements without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions, as Bank deems appropriate, in order to perfect or protect Bank’s interest in the Collateral.

 

5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

 

5.1 Due Organization and Authorization.

 

Borrower and each Subsidiary is duly existing and in good standing in its state of formation and qualified and licensed to do business in, and in good standing in, any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. Borrower has not changed its state of formation or its organizational structure or type or any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of formation.

 

The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized, and do not conflict with Borrower’s formation documents, nor constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

 

5.2 Collateral.

 

Borrower has good title to the Collateral, free of Liens except Permitted Liens or Borrower has Rights to each asset that is Collateral. The Eligible Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations, and the service or property has been performed or delivered to the account debtor or its agent for immediate shipment to and unconditional acceptance by the account debtor. Borrower has no notice of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any account debtor whose accounts are an Eligible Account in any Borrowing Base Certificate. All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects. Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property, except for exclusive or non-exclusive license limits the use and application of the licensed Intellectual property to specific indications and geographic regions and does not impair Borrower’s ability to commercialize its Intellectual Property in its United States of America business markets. Each Patent is valid and enforceable and no part of the Intellectual Property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party.

 

5.3 Litigation.

 

Except as shown in the Schedule, there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower’s Responsible Officers, threatened by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary in which a likely adverse decision could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

 

5.4 No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements.

 

All consolidated financial statements for Borrower, and any Subsidiary, delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

 

7


5.5 Solvency.

 

The fair salable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; the Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

 

5.6 Regulatory Compliance.

 

Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. None of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each Subsidiary has timely filed all required tax returns and paid, or made adequate provision to pay, all material taxes, except those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves under GAAP. Borrower and each Subsidiary has obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all government authorities that are necessary to continue its business as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

 

5.7 Subsidiaries.

 

Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

 

5.8 Full Disclosure.

 

No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank (taken together with all such written certificates and written statements to Bank) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading.

 

6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Borrower will do all of the following for so long as Bank has an obligation to lend, or there are outstanding Obligations:

 

6.1 Government Compliance.

 

Borrower will maintain its and all Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in its jurisdiction of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to cause a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower will comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations or would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

 

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates.

 

(a) Borrower will deliver to Bank: (i) as soon as available, but no later than 30 days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income

 

8


statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations during the period certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank; (ii) as soon as available, but no later than 5 days of filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank; (iii) a prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened against Borrower or any Subsidiary that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any Subsidiary of $100,000 or more; and (iv) budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information Bank reasonably requests.

 

(b) Within 20 days after the last day of each month, Borrower will deliver to Bank a Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in the form of Exhibit C, with aged listings of accounts receivable and accounts payable and deferred revenue schedules.

 

(c) Within 30 days after the last day of each month, Borrower will deliver to Bank with the monthly financial statements a Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in the form of Exhibit D.

 

(d) On or prior to April 30th of each year, Borrower will deliver to Bank its board of directors’ approved operating plan.

 

(e) Allow Bank to audit Borrower’s Collateral at Borrower’s expense. Such audits will be conducted no more often than every 6 months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

6.3 Inventory; Returns.

 

Borrower will keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects. Returns and allowances between Borrower and its account debtors will follow Borrower’s customary practices as they exist at execution of this Agreement. Borrower must promptly notify Bank of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims, that involve more than $50,000.

 

6.4 Taxes.

 

Borrower will make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, timely payment of all material federal, state, and local taxes or assessments and will deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to the payment.

 

6.5 Insurance.

 

Borrower will keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts, as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies will be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank in Bank’s reasonable discretion. All property policies will have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as an additional loss payee and all liability policies will show the Bank as an additional insured and provide that the insurer must give Bank at least 20 days notice before canceling its policy. At Bank’s request, Borrower will deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any policy will, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations.

 

6.6 Primary Accounts.

 

Borrower will maintain its primary operating accounts with Bank, which relationship shall include Borrower maintaining 85% of its cash and cash equivalents in deposit accounts or investment accounts at Bank or one of its affiliates

 

9


6.7 Financial Covenants.

 

Borrower will maintain as of the last day of each month (unless otherwise stated):

 

(i) Quick Ratio (Adjusted). A ratio of cash and cash equivalents plus accounts receivables divided by Current Liabilities minus Deferred Revenue of at least (i) 1.50 to 1.00 for the months ending April 30, 2004; May 31, 2004, June 30, 2004 and July 31, 2004; (ii) 1.75 to 1.00 for the months ending August 31, 2004, September 30, 2004, October 31, 2004 and November 30, 2004 and (iii) 2.00 to 1.00 for the months ending December 31, 2004 and thereafter.

 

(ii) Profitability/Loss (tested quarterly). Borrower will have a net profit of $1.00, provided, however, Borrower may suffer a loss not to exceed $500,000 for quarter ending June 30, 2004.

 

6.8 Further Assurances.

 

Borrower will execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s security interest in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

For so long as Bank has an obligation to lend or there are any outstanding Obligations, Borrower shall not, without Bank’s prior written consent (which shall be a matter of its good faith business judgment), do any of the following:

 

7.1 Dispositions.

 

Convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (i) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (ii) of non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; or (iii) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment.

 

7.2 Changes in Business, Ownership, Management or Locations of Collateral.

 

Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower or reasonably related thereto or have a material change in its ownership or management of greater than 25% (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies the venture capital investors prior to the closing of the investment). Borrower will not, without at least 30 days prior written notice, relocate its chief executive office, change its state of formation (including reincorporation), change its organizational number or name or add any new offices or business locations (such as warehouses) in which Borrower maintains or stores over $5,000 in Collateral.

 

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions.

 

Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person, except where (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such action during the term of this Agreement and (ii) such transaction would not result in a decrease of more than 25% of Tangible Net Worth. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

 

10


7.4 Indebtedness.

 

Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

7.5 Encumbrance.

 

Create, incur, or allow any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, or permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted here, subject to Permitted Liens.

 

7.6 Distributions; Investments.

 

Directly or indirectly acquire or own any Person, or make any Investment in any Person, other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so. Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower will be allowed to pay any dividends (provided that cash dividends shall not exceed $600,000 per year) and payments in connection with redemptions as permitted or required pursuant to the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock and/or the Series B Preferred Stock.

 

7.7 Transactions with Affiliates.

 

Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a nonaffiliated Person.

 

7.8 Subordinated Debt.

 

Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt without Bank’s prior written consent.

 

7.9 Compliance.

 

Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company,” under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations or would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

 

8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Any one of the following is an Event of Default:

 

8.1 Payment Default.

 

If Borrower fails to pay any of the Obligations within 3 days after their due date, however, during such period no Credit Extensions will be made;

 

11


8.2 Covenant Default.

 

(a) If Borrower fails to perform any obligation under Sections 6.2 or 6.7 or violates any of the covenants contained in Section 7 of this Agreement, or

 

(b) If Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other material term, provision, condition, covenant, or agreement contained in this Agreement, in any of the Loan Documents, or in any other present or future agreement between Borrower and Bank and as to any default under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure such default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional reasonable period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to have cured such default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made during such cure period);

 

8.3 Material Adverse Change.

 

If there (i) occurs a material adverse change in the business, operations, or financial condition of the Borrower, or (ii) is a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations; or (iii) is a material impairment of the value or priority of Bank’s security interests in the Collateral (the foregoing being defined as a “Material Adverse Change”).

 

8.4 Attachment.

 

If any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver and the attachment, seizure or levy is not removed in 10 days, or if Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or prevented by court order from conducting a material part of its business or if a judgment or other claim becomes a Lien on a material portion of Borrower’s assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any government agency and not paid within 10 days after Borrower receives notice. These are not Events of Default if stayed or if a bond is posted pending contest by Borrower (but no Credit Extensions will be made during the cure period);

 

8.5 Insolvency.

 

If Borrower becomes insolvent or if Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding or an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within 30 days (but no Credit Extensions will be made before any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

 

8.6 Other Agreements.

 

If there is a default in any agreement between Borrower and a third party that gives the third party the right to accelerate any Indebtedness exceeding $100,000 or that could cause a Material Adverse Change;

 

8.7 Judgments.

 

If a money judgment(s) in the aggregate of at least $100,000 is rendered against Borrower and is unsatisfied and unstayed for 10 days (but no Credit Extensions will be made before the judgment is stayed or satisfied); or

 

12


8.8 Misrepresentations.

 

If Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any material misrepresentation or material misstatement now or later in any warranty or representation in this Agreement or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document.

 

9 BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

 

9.1 Rights and Remedies.

 

When an Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

 

(a) Declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

 

(b) Stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

 

(c) Settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with account debtors for amounts, on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable; notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in the funds and verify the amount of the Account. Borrower must collect all payments in trust for Bank and, if requested by Bank, immediately deliver the payments to Bank in the form received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit;

 

(d) Make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower will assemble the Collateral if Bank requires and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

 

(e) Apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

 

(f) Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral; and

 

(g) Dispose of the Collateral according to the Code.

 

9.2 Power of Attorney.

 

Effective only when an Event of Default occurs and continues, Borrower irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney to: (i) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (ii) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against account debtors, (iii) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (iv) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; and (v) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Bank may exercise the power of attorney to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of any security interest regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. Bank’s appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

 

13


9.3 Bank Expenses.

 

If Borrower fails to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons, Bank may make all or part of the payment or obtain insurance policies required in Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent. Any amounts paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then applicable rate and secured by the Collateral. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

 

9.4 Bank’s Liability for Collateral.

 

If Bank complies with reasonable banking practices and Section 9-207 of the Code, it is not liable for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other person. Except as provided above, Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

 

9.5 Remedies Cumulative.

 

Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence. No waiver is effective unless signed by Bank and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it was given.

 

9.6 Demand Waiver.

 

Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

 

10 NOTICES

 

All notices or demands by any party about this Agreement or any other related agreement must be in writing and be personally delivered or sent by an overnight delivery service, by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to the addresses set forth at the beginning of this Agreement. A party may change its notice address by giving the other party written notice.

 

11 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER

 

California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California.

 

BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

 

14


12 GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

12.1 Successors and Assigns.

 

This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights under it without Bank’s prior written consent which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion. Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights and benefits under this Agreement.

 

12.2 Indemnification.

 

Borrower will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses incurred, or paid by Bank from, following, or consequential to transactions between Bank and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses), except for losses caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

12.3 Time of Essence.

 

Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations in this Agreement.

 

12.4 Severability of Provision.

 

Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

 

12.5 Amendments in Writing, Integration.

 

All amendments to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by Borrower and Bank. This Agreement represents the entire agreement about this subject matter, and supersedes prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Agreement merge into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

 

12.6 Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, are an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

 

12.7 Survival.

 

All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force while any Obligations remain outstanding. The obligations of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify Bank will survive until all statutes of limitations for actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

 

12.8 Confidentiality.

 

In handling any confidential information, Bank will exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made (i) to Bank’s subsidiaries or affiliates in connection with their business with Borrower, (ii) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the loans (provided, however, Bank shall use commercially reasonable efforts in obtaining such prospective transferee or purchasers agreement of the terms of this provision), (iii) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other

 

15


order, (iv) as required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit and (v) as Bank considers appropriate exercising remedies under this Agreement. Confidential information does not include information that either: (a) is in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank; or (b) is disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

 

12.9 Effect of Amendment and Restatement.

 

This Agreement is intended to and does completely amend and restate, without novation, the Original Agreement. All credit extensions or loans outstanding under the Original Agreement are and shall continue to be outstanding under this Agreement. All security interests granted under the Original Agreement are hereby confirmed and ratified and shall continue to secure all Obligations under this Agreement.

 

12.10 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses.

 

In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of the Loan Documents, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other reasonable costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

 

13 DEFINITIONS

 

13.1 Definitions.

 

In this Agreement:

 

Accounts” are all existing and later arising accounts, contract rights, and other obligations owed Borrower in connection with its sale or lease of goods (including licensing software and other technology) or provision of services, all credit insurance, guaranties, other security and all merchandise returned or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing, as such definition may be amended from time to time according to the Code.

 

Advance” or “Advances” is a loan advance (or advances) under the Committed Revolving Line.

 

Affiliate” of a Person is a Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

 

Bank Expenses” are all audit fees and expenses and reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including appeals or Insolvency Proceedings).

 

Borrower’s Books” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition and all computer programs or discs or any equipment containing the information.

 

Borrowing Base” is 80% of Eligible Accounts as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Borrowing Base Certificate; provided, however, that Bank may lower the percentage of the Borrowing Base after performing an audit of Borrower’s Collateral.

 

Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which the Bank is closed.

 

16


Code” is the California Uniform Commercial Code, as applicable.

 

Collateral” is the property described on Exhibit A.

 

Committed Revolving Line” is an Advance of up to $3,000,000.

 

Contingent Obligation” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (i) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

 

Credit Extension” is each Advance, Term Loan, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

 

Current Liabilities” are the aggregate amount of Borrower’s Total Liabilities which mature within one (1) year plus Bank’s outstanding Obligations.

 

Deferred Revenue” is all amounts received in advance of performance and not yet recognized as revenue.

 

Effective Date” is the date Bank executes this Agreement.

 

Eligible Accounts” are Accounts in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5; but Bank may change eligibility standards by giving Borrower notice. Unless Bank agrees otherwise in writing, Eligible Accounts will not include:

 

(a) Accounts that the account debtor has not paid within 90 days of invoice date;

 

(b) Accounts for an account debtor, 50% or more of whose Accounts have not been paid within 90 days of invoice date;

 

(c) Credit balances over 90 days from invoice date;

 

(d) Accounts for an account debtor, including Affiliates, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed 25% of all Accounts, for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless the Bank approves in writing;

 

(e) Accounts for which the account debtor does not have its principal place of business in the United States;

 

(f) Accounts for which the account debtor is a federal, state or local government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality;

 

(g) Accounts for which Borrower owes the account debtor, but only up to the amount owed (sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts);

 

17


(h) Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, sales guaranteed, sale or return, sale on approval, bill and hold, or other terms if account debtor’s payment may be conditional;

 

(i) Accounts for which the account debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent;

 

(j) Accounts in which the account debtor disputes liability or makes any claim and Bank believes there may be a basis for dispute (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

 

(k) Accounts for which Bank reasonably determines collection to be doubtful.

 

Equipment” is all present and future machinery, equipment, tenant improvements, furniture, fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and attachments in which Borrower has any interest.

 

ERISA” is the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

 

GAAP” is generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Indebtedness” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations and (d) Contingent Obligations.

 

Insolvency Proceeding” are proceedings by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

 

Inventory” is present and future inventory in which Borrower has any interest, including merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products intended for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, of every kind and description now or later owned by or in the custody or possession, actual or constructive, of Borrower, including inventory temporarily out of its custody or possession or in transit and including returns on any accounts or other proceeds (including insurance proceeds) from the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any documents of title.

 

Investment” is any beneficial ownership of (including stock, partnership interest or other securities) any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

 

Lien” is a mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

 

Loan Documents” are, collectively, this Agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or Guarantor, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, extended or restated.

 

Material Adverse Change” is defined in Section 8.3.

 

Obligations” are debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, including cash management services, letters of credit and foreign

 

18


exchange contracts, if any and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank.

 

Original Agreement” has the meaning set forth in recital paragraph A.

 

Permitted Indebtedness” is:

 

(a) Borrower’s indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Schedule;

 

(c) Subordinated Debt;

 

(d) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(e) Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens.

 

Permitted Investments” are:

 

(a) Investments shown on the Schedule and existing on the Effective Date; and

 

(b) (i) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or its agency or any State maturing within 1 year from its acquisition, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than 1 year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and (iii) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than 1 year after issue.

 

Permitted Liens” are:

 

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Schedule or arising under this Agreement or other Loan Documents;

 

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, if they have no priority over any of Bank’s security interests;

 

(c) Purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by Borrower or its Subsidiaries incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment, or (ii) existing on equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the equipment;

 

(d) Licenses or sublicenses granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and any interest or title of a licensor or under any license or sublicense, if the licenses and sublicenses permit granting Bank a security interest;

 

(e) Leases or subleases granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, including in connection with Borrower’s leased premises or leased property;

 

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase.

 

Person” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company association, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation,

 

19


institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

 

Prime Rate” is Bank’s most recently announced “prime rate,” even if it is not Bank’s lowest rate.

 

Responsible Officer” is each of the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer and the Controller of Borrower.

 

“Revolving Maturity Date” is May 26, 2005.

 

Rights”, as applied to the Collateral, means the Borrower’s rights and interests in, and powers with respect to, that Collateral, whatever the nature of those rights, interests and powers and, in any event, including Borrower’s power to transfer rights in such Collateral to Bank.

 

Schedule” is any attached schedule of exceptions.

 

Subordinated Debt” is debt incurred by Borrower subordinated to Borrower’s indebtedness owed to Bank and which is reflected in a written agreement in a manner and form acceptable to Bank and approved by Bank in writing.

 

Subsidiary” is for any Person, or any other business entity of which more than 50% of the voting stock or other equity interests is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Person or one or more Affiliates of the Person.

 

Tangible Net Worth” is, on any date, the consolidated total assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries minus, (i) any amounts attributable to (a) goodwill, (b) intangible items such as unamortized debt discount and expense, patents, trade and service marks and names, copyrights and research and development expenses except prepaid expenses, and (c) reserves not already deducted from assets, and (ii) Total Liabilities.

 

Term Loan” a loan of $1,822,900.

 

“Term Loan Maturity Date” is June 1, 2006.

 

Total Liabilities” is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness, and current portion Subordinated Debt allowed to be paid, but excluding all other Subordinated Debt.

 

BORROWER:

 

Pharsight Corporation

 

By:

 

/s/ Cynthia Stephens 5-24-04


Title:

 

SVP & CFO


 

20


BANK:

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

By:

 

/s/ Ron Kundich


Title:

 

VP


Effective Date:

 

5-27-04


 

21


EXHIBIT A

 

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following whether owned now or hereafter arising and whether the Borrower has rights now or hereafter has rights therein and wherever located:

 

All goods and equipment now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all machinery, fixtures, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing, and all attachments, accessories, accessions, replacements, substitutions, additions, and improvements to any of the foregoing, wherever located;

 

All inventory, now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products including such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returns upon any accounts or other proceeds, including insurance proceeds, resulting from the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any documents of title representing any of the above;

 

All contract rights and general intangibles (as such definitions may be amended from time to time according to the Code), now owned or hereafter acquired, including, without limitation, goodwill, trademarks, servicemarks, trade styles, trade names, patents, patent applications, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, blueprints, drawings, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, infringements, claims, computer programs, computer discs, computer tapes, literature, reports, catalogs, design rights, income tax refunds, payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind,;

 

All now existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, royalties, license rights and all other forms of obligations owing to Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods, the licensing of technology or the rendering of services by Borrower (as such definitions may be amended from time to time according to the Code) whether or not earned by performance, and any and all credit insurance, insurance (including refund) claims and proceeds, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Borrower;

 

All documents, cash, deposit accounts, securities, securities entitlements, securities accounts, investment property, financial assets, letters of credit, letter of credit rights, certificates of deposit, instruments and chattel paper and electronic chattel paper now owned or hereafter acquired and Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing;

 

All copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished, now owned or hereafter acquired; all trade secret rights, including all rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals, license rights and agreements and confidential information, now owned or hereafter acquired; all mask work or similar rights available for the protection of semiconductor chips, now owned or hereafter acquired; all claims for damages by way of any past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing; and

 

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions and accessions to and proceeds thereof.

 

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Negative Pledge Agreement, whereby Borrower, in connection with Bank’s loan or loans to Borrower, has agreed, among other things, not to sell, transfer, assign, mortgage, pledge, lease grant a security interest in, or encumber any of its intellectual property, without Bank’s prior written consent.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not be deemed to include any copyrights, copyright applications, copyright registration and like protection in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished, now owned or hereafter acquired; any patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same, trademarks, servicemarks and applications therefor, whether registered or not, and the goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks, any trade


secret rights, including any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals, license rights and agreements and confidential information, now owned or hereafter acquired; or any claims for damage by way of any past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”), except that the Collateral shall include the proceeds of all the Intellectual Property including proceeds from the sale, licensing or other disposition of the Intellectual Property and proceeds that are accounts, (e.g., accounts receivable of Borrower, or general intangibles consisting of proceeds and rights to payment). Notwithstanding the prior sentence, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such accounts and general intangibles of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in such accounts and general intangibles of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

 

2


EXHIBIT B

 

LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS 12:00 P.S.T.

Fax To:

  

Date:                                     

 

¨ LOAN PAYMENT:

 

Pharsight Corporation (Borrower)

 

From Account #                                                     

  

To Account #                                                     

                                    (Deposit Account #)

  

                                (Loan Account #)

Principal $                                                      and/or Interest $                                                                     

 

All Borrower’s representation and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects up to and including the date of the transfer request for a loan payment, but those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of that date:

 

Authorized Signature:


  

Phone Number:

  

 

__________________________

 

¨ LOAN ADVANCE:

 

Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.

 

From Account #                                                     

  

To Account #                                                     

                                    (Loan Account #)

  

                                    (Deposit Account #)

 

Amount of Advance $                                        

 

All Borrower’s representation and warranties in the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects up to and including the date of the transfer request for an advance, but those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of that date:

 

Authorized Signature:


  

Phone Number:

  

 

__________________________

 

OUTGOING WIRE REQUEST

 

Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above are to be wired.

 

Deadline for same day processing is 12:00pm, P.S.T.

 

Beneficiary Name:                                                  

  

Amount of Wire: $                                                 

Beneficiary Bank:                                                  

  

Account Number:                                                  

City and State:                                                              

    

 

Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:                                      Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):                    

                                                                                                  (For International Wire Only)

 

Intermediary Bank:                                              

  

Transit (ABA) #:                                                          

 

For Further Credit to:                                                                                                                                                              

 

Special Instruction:                                                                                                                                                                 

 

By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).

 

Authorized Signature:                                                              

  

2nd Signature (If Required):                                       

Print Name/Title:                                                                       

  

Print Name/Title:                                                         

Telephone #                                                                              

  

Telephone #                                                                


Schedule to Loan and Security Agreement

 

The exact correct corporate name of Borrower is (attach a copy of the formation documents, e.g., articles, partnership agreement):                                                                                   
Borrower’s State of formation:                                                                                   
Borrower has operated under only the following other names (if none, so state):     

                                                                                                                                                                                                                

    
All other address at which the Borrower does business are as follows (attach additional sheets if necessary and include all warehouse addresses):

                                                                                                                                                                                                                

    
Borrower has deposit accounts and/or investment accounts located only at the following institutions:     

                                                                                                                                                                                                                

    
List Acct. Numbers:                                                                                                                                                                             
Liens existing on the Effective Date and disclosed to and accepted by Bank in writing:     

                                                                                                                                                                                                                

    

                                                                                                                                                                                                                

    

                                                                                                                                                                                                                

    
Investments existing on the Effective Date and disclosed to and accepted by Bank in writing:     

                                                                                                                                                                                                                

    

                                                                                                                                                                                                                

    

                                                                                                                                                                                                                

    
Subordinated Debt:     
Indebtedness on the Effective Date and disclosed to and consented to by Bank in writing:     

                                                                                                                                                                                                                

    

                                                                                                                                                                                                                

    

                                                                                                                                                                                                                

    
Borrower is not subject to litigation which would have a material adverse effect on the Borrower’s financial condition, except the following (attach additional comments, if needed):     

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

Tax ID Number                                                                   
Organizational Number, if any:                                         

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2


EXHIBIT C

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

 

Borrower: Pharsight Corporation

  

Bank:

  

Silicon Valley Bank

         

3003 Tasman Drive

         

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Commitment Amount: $3,000,000

         

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

             

1.

   Accounts Receivable Book Value as of                        $                         

2.

   Additions (please explain on reverse)           $                         

3.

   TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE           $                         

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)

             

4.

   Amounts over 90 days due    $                                

5.

   Balance of 50% over 90 day accounts    $                                

6.

   Credit balances over 90 days    $                                

7.

   Concentration Limits    $                                

8.

   Foreign Accounts    $                                

9.

   Governmental Accounts    $                                

10.

   Contra Accounts    $                                

11.

   Promotion or Demo Accounts    $                                

12.

   Intercompany/Employee Accounts    $                                

13.

   Other (please explain on reverse)    $                                

14.

   TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS           $                         

15.

   Eligible Accounts (#3 minus #14 )           $                         

16.

   LOAN VALUE OF ACCOUNTS (80% of #15)           $                         

BALANCES

             

17.

   Maximum Loan Amount    $                                

18.

   Total Funds Available [Lesser of #17 or #16]           $                         

19.

   Present balance owing on Line of Credit    $                                

20.

   Outstanding under Sublimits (none)    $                                

21.

   RESERVE POSITION (#18 minus #19 and #20)           $                         

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that this is true, complete and correct, and that the information in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties in the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Silicon Valley Bank.

 

COMMENTS:

 

Pharsight Corporation

By:

 

 


   

Authorized Signer

 

BANK USE ONLY

Rec’d By:


Auth. Signer

Date:


Verified:


Auth. Signer

Date:


 



EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

   

3003 Tasman Drive

   

Santa Clara, CA 95054

FROM:

 

PHARSIGHT CORPORATION

 

The undersigned Responsible Officer of Pharsight Corporation (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”), (i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                              with all required covenants except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date. In addition, the undersigned certifies that Borrower, and each Subsidiary, has timely filed all required tax returns and paid, or made adequate provision to pay, all material taxes, except those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves under GAAP. Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The Officer certifies that these are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The Responsible Officer acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered.

 

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant


  

Required


   Complies

Monthly financial statements + CC

  

Monthly within 30 days

   Yes    No

Annual (Audited)

  

FYE within 5 days after filing with SEC

   Yes    No

A/R & A/P Agings, deferred revenue schedules

  

Monthly within 20 days

   Yes    No

A/R Audit

  

Semi-Annual

   Yes    No

Borrowing Base Certificate

  

Monthly within 20 days

   Yes    No

Board of Directors approved operating plan

  

Annually by April 30th

   Yes    No

 

Financial Covenant


   Required

    Actual

   Complies

Maintain on a Monthly Basis (unless otherwise noted): Minimum Quick Ratio (Adjusted)

     *                 :1.00    Yes    No

Profitability (Quarterly)

   $ 1.00 **        Yes    No

 * A ratio of cash and cash equivalents plus accounts receivables divided by Current Liabilities minus Deferred Revenue of at least (i) 1.50 to 1.00 for the months ending April 30, 2004; May 31, 2004, June 30, 2004 and July 31, 2004; (ii) 1.75 to 1.00 for the months ending August 31, 2004, September 30, 2004, October 31, 2004 and November 30, 2004 and (iii) 2.00 to 1.00 for the months ending December 31, 2004 and thereafter.
** Borrower may suffer a loss not to exceed $500,000 for quarter ending June 30, 2004.

 

Borrower only has deposit accounts located at the following institutions:                                                             .


Comments Regarding Exceptions: See Attached.

Sincerely,

Pharsight Corporation

 


SIGNATURE

 


TITLE

 


DATE

 

BANK USE ONLY

Received by:


AUTHORIZED SIGNER

Date:


Verified:


AUTHORIZED SIGNER

Date:


Compliance Status:                                 Yes         No

 

2


LOGO

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

PRO FORMA INVOICE FOR LOAN CHARGES

 

BORROWER:    Pharsight Corporation       
LOAN OFFICER:    Ron Kundich       
DATE:    May 17, 2004       
    

Revolving Loan Fee

   $ 10,500.00  
    

Credit Report

     35.00  
    

UCC Search Fee

     300.00  
    

UCC Filing Fee

     100.00  
    

Documentation Fee

     1,500.00  
    

Less Good Faith Deposit:

     (10,000.00 )
    

TOTAL FEE DUE

   $ 2,435.00  
         


 

Please indicate the method of payment:

 

  {    } A check for the total amount is attached.

 

  {    } Debit DDA #              for the total amount.

 

  {    } Loan proceeds

 

Borrower:

By:

 
   

(Authorized Signer)

 

Silicon Valley Bank   (Date)
Account Officer’s Signature


CORPORATE BORROWING RESOLUTION

 

Borrower:    Pharsight Corporation    Bank:    Silicon Valley Bank
     800 West El Camino Real, Suite 200         3003 Tasman Drive
     Mountain View, CA 94040         Santa Clara, CA 95054-1191

 

I, the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Pharsight Corporation (“Borrower”), CERTIFY that Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

I certify that at a meeting of Borrower’s Directors (or by other authorized corporate action) duly held the following resolutions were adopted.

 

It is resolved that any one of the following officers of Borrower, whose name, title and signature is below:

 

NAMES


  

POSITIONS


  

ACTUAL SIGNATURES


Cynthia Stephens


  

SVP & CFO


  

/s/ Cynthia Stephens



  
  

  
  

  
  

 

may act for Borrower and:

 

Borrow Money. Borrow money from Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”).

 

Execute Loan Documents. Execute any loan documents Bank requires.

 

Grant Security. Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets.

 

Negotiate Items. Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

 

Letters of Credit. Apply for letters of credit from Bank.

 

Foreign Exchange Contracts. Execute spot or forward foreign exchange contracts.

 

Issue Warrants. Issue warrants for Borrower’s stock.

 

Further Acts. Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrowers right to a jury trial) they think necessary to effectuate these Resolutions.

 

Further resolved that all acts authorized by these Resolutions and performed before they were adopted are ratified. These Resolutions remain in effect and Bank may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of their revocation.

 

I certify that the persons listed above are Borrower’s officers with the titles and signatures shown following their names and that these resolutions have not been modified are currently effective.


CERTIFIED TO AND ATTESTED BY:

 

X

 

/s/ Cynthia Stephens


    *Secretary or Assistant Secretary

X

 

/s/ Shawn O’Connor



* NOTE: In case the Secretary or other certifying officer is designated by the foregoing resolutions as one of the signing officers, this resolution should also be signed by a second Officer or Director of Borrower.

 

2


Exhibit “F”

 

NEGATIVE PLEDGE AGREEMENT

 

This Negative Pledge Agreement is made as of the Effective Date by and between Pharsight Corporation (“Borrower”) and Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”).

 

In connection with, among other documents, the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan Documents”) being concurrently executed herewith between Borrower and Bank, Borrower agrees as follows:

 

  1. Except for non-exclusive licenses granted in the ordinary course of business, Borrower shall not sell, transfer, assign, mortgage, pledge, lease, grant a security interest in, or encumber any of Borrower’s intellectual property, including, without limitation, the following:

 

  a. Any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

 

  b. All mask works or similar rights available for the protection of semiconductor chips, now owned or hereafter acquired;

 

  c. Any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

 

  d. Any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

 

  e. All patents, patent applications and like protections including, without limitation, improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same, including without limitation the patents and patent applications;

 

  f. Any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks;

 

  g. Any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringements of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above;

 

  h. All licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks or Mask Works, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use to the extent permitted by such license or rights; and

 

  i. All amendments, extensions, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks, Patents, or Mask Works; and

 

  j. All proceeds and products of the foregoing, including without limitation all payments under insurance or any indemnity or warranty payable in respect of any of the foregoing;

 

3


  2. It shall be an event of default under the Loan Documents between Borrower and Bank if there is a breach of any term of this Negative Pledge Agreement.

 

  3. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning as in the Loan Documents.

 

BORROWER:

 

Pharsight Corporation

 

By:

 

/s/ Cynthia Stephens             5-24-04


Title:

 

SVP & CFO


 

BANK:

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

By:

 

/s/ Ron Kundich


Name:

 

Ron Kundich


Title:

 

VP


EX-10.24 4 dex1024.htm EMPLOYMENT LETTER DATED MAY 5, 2004 Employment Letter dated May 5, 2004

Exhibit 10.24

 

May 5, 2004

 

VIA EMAIL AND FEDERAL EXPRESS

 

Dan Weiner

7601 E. Treasure Drive, #919

N. Bay Village, FL 33141

dlweiner@bellsouth.net

 

Dear Dan:

 

On behalf of Pharsight Corporation (“Pharsight” or the “Company”) and in conjunction with Execustaff, Inc. (“Execustaff”), I am pleased to offer you the position of Senior Vice President, Business Development, reporting directly to me, with a start date of June 2, 2004.

 

We are confident that you will make an outstanding addition to our team. There are many professional and technical challenges and the company is still small enough and growing rapidly enough to provide ample opportunity for professional development and an increasing role in the leadership of the firm. Pharsight also offers you the opportunity to participate in the company’s growth, on both a financial and intellectual basis.

 

Base Salary and Bonus Potential

 

Your base salary will be $250,000 annually, and will be paid semi-monthly. In FY2005 (which began April 1, 2004) and for subsequent years, you will be eligible for an annual performance bonus, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Company’s Management Incentive Bonus Program, targeted at thirty-five (35%) percent of your base salary, with total compensation targeted at $337,500. This bonus is tied to company corporate performance goals as well as specific goals to be determined based upon your individual responsibilities, and will be pro-rated from your date of hire for FY2005 to reflect the date on which you joined the Company as Senior Vice President, Business Development. The Company’s Compensation Committee will determine in its sole discretion whether you have earned an annual bonus, and the amount of any earned annual bonus, provided that you are employed by Pharsight and in good standing at the time of annual payment.

 

The Company may modify your compensation from time to time as it deems necessary.

 

Relocation

 

As we discussed, we expect that you will relocate to Cary, North Carolina, and Pharsight will assist with such relocation. Upon your submission of appropriate documentation (including receipts), which shall be submitted no later than December 31, 2004, and in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies and practices, Pharsight will reimburse you for your reasonable relocation expenses, up to a maximum reimbursement amount of $25,000. This reimbursement will cover your reasonable local rental housing costs for up to three (3) months, as well as the cost of relocating your personal property from Miami, Florida to Cary, North Carolina.

 


Offer Letter for Daniel Weiner

May 5, 2004

Page 2

 

Employee Benefits

 

You will be eligible for Pharsight’s employee benefits programs, including health, dental, life and disability insurance and 401(k) plan.

 

Stock Options

 

In addition, I will recommend to the Board that you be granted an option to purchase two hundred thousand (200,000) shares of Pharsight common stock with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of such shares in accordance with the terms of the Company’s 2000 Equity Incentive Plan. Such options will vest over a four (4) year period as follows: 25% will vest on the first anniversary date of grant and the remainder will vest in equal monthly installments thereafter until fully vested (“Vesting Schedule”). However, upon a Change of Control (as defined in the Company’s 2000 Equity Incentive Plan), the Vesting Schedule will accelerate by one (1) year (“Accelerated Vesting”). Accelerated Vesting will immediately vest upon a Change of Control, the number of options equal to the amount, which would have vested one year from the occurrence of such event. Accelerated Vesting described herein will supplement, but not supersede section 12(c) of the Company’s 2000 Equity Incentive Plan as amended and restated.

 

Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement; Company Policies and Procedures

 

As a condition of your employment with Pharsight, you will be required to sign the Company’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, two originals of which are enclosed. Please sign both originals and return one to me with your acceptance of this offer.

 

The Company acknowledges that the training materials that you independently developed for private and public PK/PD training courses are your property and will not be deemed Proprietary Information or Inventions (both defined in the Company’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement) of the Company. In addition, the Company consents to your teaching PK/PD training courses, so long as such activity does not conflict with your employment obligations at Pharsight.

 

In order to comply with Federal labor law requirements (IRCA), you will be required to provide the Company documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three (3) business days of your date of hire, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated.

 

In addition, you will continue to be required to abide by the Company’s policies and procedures, as may be in effect from time to time and as reflected in the Company’s Employee Handbook.

 

At-Will Employment Relationship

 

Your employment continues to be terminable at-will, and either you or the Company may terminate your employment relationship at any time, with or without Cause (defined below) or advance notice.

 

Severance Benefits

 

In the event that your employment is involuntarily terminated by the Company without Cause, as your sole severance benefits, the Company will continue to pay your base salary and health care benefits in effect on the termination date for six (6) months (the “Severance Payments”). As a condition of your receipt of the Severance Payments, you must first enter into a separation agreement with the Company

 


Offer Letter for Daniel Weiner

May 5, 2004

Page 3

 

that includes your general release of all known and unknown claims, in a form provided by the Company. The Severance Payments will be paid on the Company’s normal payroll schedule and will be subject to standard deductions and withholdings.

 

For the purposes of this letter, “Cause” for your termination shall mean: (a) your conviction of any felony or of any crime involving dishonesty; (b) your participation in any fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (c) the material breach of your duties to the Company, including persistent unsatisfactory performance of job duties; (d) your intentional damage to, or willful misappropriation of, any property of the Company; (e) your material breach of any written agreement with the Company (including this Agreement or your Proprietary Information Agreement); or (f) conduct, that in the good faith and reasonable determination of the Board demonstrates gross unfitness to serve.

 

In addition, if, within six (6) months of a Change in Control (defined below), you resign from your employment with the Company and such resignation qualifies as a Resignation for Good Reason (defined below), you shall be entitled to receive the Severance Benefits, provided that you must first enter into a separation agreement with the Company that includes your general release of all known and unknown claims, in a form provided by the Company.

 

For the purposes of this letter, the occurrence of either of the following events shall constitute a “Change in Control”: (a) the sale or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (b) an acquisition of the Company by another corporation or entity by consolidation, merger or other reorganization in each case in which the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting stock immediately prior to such transaction own, immediately after such transaction, securities representing less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the corporation or other entity purchasing such assets or surviving such transaction.

 

For purposes of this letter, a “Resignation for Good Reason” shall mean a resignation by you due to any of the following events which occur after and as a direct result of a Change in Control: (1) a material reduction in compensation, unless such a reduction is applied, by resolution of the Board of Directors, to all members of the Company’s officers; (2) a material adverse change in your title due to a demotion; (3) a material adverse reduction in your role and responsibilities; or (4) a requirement for you to relocate as a part of your position.

 

You will not be eligible for any severance benefits in the event of a termination with Cause or any resignation that does not qualify as a Resignation for Good Reason.

 

If the relationship between Execustaff and the Company is terminated for any reason, you will agree that the Company will become solely responsible as your employer for all payroll, workers’ compensation and benefits, including severance and vacation pay, and you will agree to seek the same only from the Company.

 

I am providing two originals of this letter. Please sign and return one to indicate your acceptance. This offer is valid through May 12, 2004. We are excited about the prospect of having you on the Pharsight team.

 

Sincerely,
PHARSIGHT CORPORATION
/s/ Shawn O’Connor

Shawn O’Connor

President and Chief Executive Officer

 


Offer Letter for Daniel Weiner

May 5, 2004

Page 4

 

I accept employment with Pharsight Corporation subject to the terms and conditions hereof. I understand that the terms set forth in this letter supersede all oral discussions I may have had with anyone in the Company.

 

ACCEPTED:
/s/ Daniel Weiner

Daniel Weiner

May 6, 2004

Date

 

EX-21.1 5 dex211.htm LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES List of Subsidiaries

Exhibit 21.1

 

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

Name


   Jurisdiction of Incorporation

Pharsight International Co. 

   Delaware

Pharsight International UK Limited

   United Kingdom
EX-23.1 6 dex231.htm CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors

Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 333-44462, 333-44756, 333-60138 and 333-60136) pertaining to the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, 1995 Stock Option Plan, 1997 Stock Option Plan, 2000 CEO Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, 2000 Equity Incentive Plan, 2001 UK Employee Stock Purchase Plan and the UK company Share Option Plan of Pharsight Corporation of our report dated April 27, 2004 (except for Note 15, as to which the date is May 27, 2004), with respect to the financial statements and schedule of Pharsight Corporation included in the Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended March 31, 2004.

 

/s/    ERNST & YOUNG LLP

 

San Jose, California

June 11, 2004

EX-31.1 7 dex311.htm CERTIFICATION OF CEO PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Shawn M. O’Connor, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Pharsight Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: June 15, 2004

 

/s/    SHAWN M. O’CONNOR        


Shawn M. O’Connor
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
EX-31.2 8 dex312.htm CERTIFICATION OF CFO PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Cynthia Stephens, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Pharsight Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: June 15, 2004

 

/s/    CYNTHIA STEPHENS        


Cynthia Stephens

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and

Corporate Secretary

EX-32.1 9 dex321.htm CERTIFICATION OF CEO AND CFO PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 Certification of CEO and CFO pursuant to Section 906

Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted), Shawn O’Connor, Chief Executive Officer of Pharsight Corporation (the “Company”), and Cynthia Stephens, the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certify that, to the best of his or her knowledge:

 

1. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended March 31, 2004, and to which this Certification is attached as Exhibit 32.1 (the “Annual Report”) fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and

 

2. The information contained in the Annual Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have set their hands hereto as of the 15th day of June 2004.

 

/s/    SHAWN M. O’CONNOR, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

/s/    CYNTHIA STEPHENS, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

GRAPHIC 10 g60594image002.jpg GRAPHIC begin 644 g60594image002.jpg M_]C_X``02D9)1@`!`0$`8`!@``#_VP!#``@&!@<&!0@'!P<)"0@*#!0-#`L+ M#!D2$P\4'1H?'AT:'!P@)"XG("(L(QP<*#7J#A(6&AXB)BI*3E)66EYB9FJ*CI*6FIZBI MJK*SM+6VM[BYNL+#Q,7&Q\C)RM+3U-76U]C9VN'BX^3EYN?HZ>KQ\O/T]?;W M^/GZ_]H`"`$!```_`/?J*AO+N"PLYKNY<)#"A=V/8"LN]U2[&G6D<,'D:I?_ M`"Q0R$-Y/&6=O4(.3[X'>EEUGRKZYS(@T_3H2;RX8T MU5I#907<#0WMTCR^0OS&)!W<]NJ@_P"T<"KT$\5S")8)%DC)(#H<@X.#S]14 ME%%%8%Y-%J6J.)75=+TH^=P?4@G<1_>*@="* M/+O)G,#%HM6U<;[AE/-E:KT4'LW.!_MLQZ"NJMX(K6WBMX(UCAB4(B*.%4#` M`J2BBLW6;^6TMHX+0*U_=/Y-LK#(#8R7/^RHRQ^F.I%9)M+=WCT1'_XENG@3 MZA-(?];)]\*Q[DG]X_X#HU1&[N)F_M6-/]/U#_1M*BD'^IAZF5AVSC>?8(O6 MD(L[=?*+.VD:*=\S'YFNKK.0/]HAFW'U=A_=-;6BV4T,]:*S1O(\:R*TD>-Z@Y*YZ9]*?137=(XVD=@J*"69C@`#N:Y< M7LI1M=\K?>7N+;2K=^,(>03Z;L>8WHJ@=12/9PA1H9FW6ENOVK5[IR!YI/S; M6/\`M'+-Z*,=&%-^TW,I&HQKMU+4_P#1]-B=?^/>WZF1A]/G/_`%ZU8TZQAN M;R&U@!.EZ2^`6.3<775F)[[222>[D]UK8U74%TRP>X*&60D)#$IYED8X51]3 M^7)[5@1%["4VTEWL^S?Z?K-XO&YR,B,>W'3LBJ/XJWM-OVNH(A7#^(#%YKR_Z+I%L>-X;^/VWD9)[(H/K3#:1@-I,TX:VM_]-UFZ;@2N?F"' MT!QDCLBJO1J3SKN=Q=H&CU75AY5FK#FTM1R7(['GY/4GN37/7.HB>YDUCR_.@M7-KID`/_`!\7!^5G'MG*@]@' M/0U7:*&W#VUY,)+6P/VW59\?\?%P?F6,#T'!V^@C7O5O3WO(]2B5HU_M._(N MKW=R+:W'"1CW[#U/F-735CZS%-J4T.DJDBVDH,EY-@@>4/\`EF#ZL>#Z*&]1 M66U_YK?VXD(E!/V31K?H)"W!D]@V.O9%)[FF&W@C1M.GG#65E_IFL73#_7RG MY@A]N`Q'90B]#6QHMM-*\VKWL92ZNP`D;=8(1]Q/KSN;W..PI-;N)9FAT>SD M*7-X#OD4\PPC[[^QYVK[G/8UD&Y1=E]9P(T%L?L&C6P^[)+]UI/]T8(SV57/ M>F[+>T!BFD:6PTEOM-[+M^:ZO#\P'N02&QZE`.F*GMXKPW4=F7,>I7K"\U*6 M,Y\B('"1*??&P>P=NM=55>_LTU"QELY7D6*8;7,;8)7N,^XX^AK#OEN+*\>^ M-O&TR8LM)M5^Z"PY1=7+&TE+1ZEJP\V]*MS:VHX$8/8X.T?[3.PZ4W[4TA74+*-/,F_T'18 M2/E5/XIL?W<+G_=1JWIUC%/?0VD)9].TAN78Y-Q='EF/KMR2?]MO5:Z6B MBBL[6;^2SM4BM0KWUT_DVR-TW$9+'_94`L?88[BL(K:6P\AW9M*T;]]=2'EK MFZ^\`?[Q!.XCNS*.Q%!M[B?-C.=E_JG^D:BRG_CVMAP(P1TX^0'U+L*:+F24 M+J%HBK<7@^QZ/$5^6*'J9B/0@;_]U4'4UT^GV,.FV$-G!GRXEQECDL>I8GN2 M223ZFK-%%%K?6]Y<:@8EDOYF^Q:;&,LL2GDNWIG!9O9%'6J@6TM?W;NS: M5HG[V>0\MV0-OT$ MC5J:)']ON'UMTVQR)Y5BF,;+<'[V.Q<@-]`H[5N4444451?2+)DMXQ%MB@G- MPL:G"M)DG+#O\QW?7![5)'IUK&UVWE!S=MNG\SYM_`7!SVP,8Z?G5H````8` &[4445__9 ` end
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----